{"title":"Winter Seeds \u0026 Bulbs","description":"\u003cp\u003eWinter seeds and bulbs in Pakistan are planted before the coldest weather arrives, giving vegetables, seasonal flowers and flowering bulbs time to establish during the cool growing season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many winter plants, the main sowing period begins from September to November as summer heat reduces. Colder northern areas generally start earlier, central Punjab commonly sows through October and mid-November, while Karachi and other mild southern areas can often continue into December.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis collection brings together winter flower seeds, cool-season vegetable seeds and selected winter flower bulbs for pots, grow bags, garden beds and home gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWinter Flowers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWinter is the main season for many colourful seasonal flowers in Pakistan. Petunia, Pansy, Phlox, Calendula and Stock suit pots, borders and flower beds. Sweet Pea and climbing Nasturtium need a fence, grill or trellis, while taller flowers should be placed behind compact varieties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePopular winter flowers in Pakistan perform best when sown before severe cold becomes established. In colder northern areas, many varieties are started from September to mid-October. Lahore, Islamabad and Rawalpindi commonly sow from October to mid-November, while Karachi and Hyderabad usually have a longer window from October into December.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/winter-flowers-seeds\"\u003ewinter flower seeds\u003c\/a\u003e for the dedicated range of seasonal flowers for pots, beds, borders and climbing displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWinter Vegetables\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler months support leafy vegetables, root vegetables, peas and brassicas. Spinach, Coriander and Methi suit containers and smaller beds. Broccoli, Cauliflower and Cabbage need more room as they mature, while Pea needs climbing support from an early stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoot vegetables need different container depths:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarrot:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a container at least 12 inches deep for most varieties and a deeper pot for long-rooted carrots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound Radish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 10 inches of soil depth is generally sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeetroot:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a pot around 10 inches deep or more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurnip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allow approximately 10 to 12 inches, depending on the variety and desired size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Radish or Mooli:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a deeper container because the edible root can extend beyond the depth needed by round Radish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse loose soil without stones or hard clods. A wide pot is not enough when the soil below the seedlings is shallow or compacted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/winter-vegetables-seeds\"\u003ewinter vegetable seeds\u003c\/a\u003e for the complete cool-season kitchen-garden range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe collection also includes selected winter flower bulbs for cool-season planting. Depending on availability, these may include Freesia, Dutch Iris, Crocus, Tulip and Nargis. Some flower during winter, while others bloom later in spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant bulbs in freely draining soil and follow the depth stated for the individual variety. Bulb size, planting depth and spacing requirements differ between varieties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBulbs store moisture and nutrients differently from ordinary flower seeds. Avoid keeping their soil constantly wet because prolonged moisture around the bulb can cause softening and decay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose by Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGarden Space\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable Choices\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSetup Needed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact winter flowers, Spinach, Coriander and Methi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePots with drainage and regular sunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePots at least 10 inches deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound Radish, Beetroot and small Turnip varieties\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoose soil without stones or hard clods\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePots at least 12 inches deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost Carrots and larger root vegetables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnough depth for straight root development\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeds and borders\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTall flowers, brassicas, mixed displays and flowering bulbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpacing according to mature plant size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFences and trellises\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePea, Sweet Pea, climbing Nasturtium and other climbers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport installed while plants are still small\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, check the plant’s mature height, root length and growth habit rather than choosing only by the size of the seed packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGetting Started\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common mistake is waiting for the weather to become fully cold before sowing. Most winter plants need time to germinate and establish while temperatures are becoming milder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn much of Pakistan, September and October are the main starting months for winter vegetables. Flower sowing may continue later in warmer cities, especially Karachi and other mild southern areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoot vegetables such as Carrot, Radish and Turnip are normally sown directly in their final pots or beds. Broccoli, Cauliflower, Cabbage and many fine flower seeds can be started in \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/seedling-trays\"\u003eseedling trays\u003c\/a\u003e before transplanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep newly planted soil lightly moist rather than constantly wet. Shorter winter days and cooler temperatures slow moisture loss, so check the soil instead of watering containers on a fixed daily schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor exact seed depth, plant spacing, germination temperature and variety-specific instructions, follow the relevant product page or growing guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the collection to buy winter seeds and bulbs online in Pakistan for seasonal pots, kitchen gardens, raised beds and colourful winter displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWinter seed and bulb prices in Pakistan vary according to the variety, packet quantity, bulb size and whether the item is locally packed or imported. The current price and quantity are shown on each product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFind More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/winter-flowers-seeds\"\u003ewinter flower seeds\u003c\/a\u003e for seasonal colour and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/winter-vegetables-seeds\"\u003ewinter vegetable seeds\u003c\/a\u003e for cool-season kitchen-garden varieties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can also explore \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/winter-hybrid-vegetable-seeds\"\u003ewinter hybrid vegetable seeds\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/winter-desi-vegetable-seeds\"\u003ewinter Desi vegetable seeds\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/grow-bags\"\u003egrow bags\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/seedling-trays\"\u003eseedling trays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can winter seedlings be protected from frost?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMove portable pots and trays beneath a bright covered area on freezing nights. Seedlings in beds can be protected with breathable garden fabric held above the leaves. Remove or open the covering during the day so the plants receive light and airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are my winter seedlings turning yellow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow seedlings are commonly linked to excessive moisture, poor drainage, insufficient light or roots remaining cold and wet. Allow the upper soil to begin drying, provide brighter light and check that water can leave the container before applying more fertilizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much sunlight do newly germinated winter seedlings need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMove newly emerged seedlings into bright light soon after germination. Introduce direct morning sunlight gradually and increase exposure as the seedlings strengthen. Insufficient light can produce long, weak stems even during cool weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are some winter seeds germinating slowly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGermination speed depends on the variety, seed freshness, soil temperature, planting depth and moisture. Keep the soil lightly moist and avoid disturbing it repeatedly. Use the germination period stated on the product page before deciding whether another sowing is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"desi-dhania-seeds","title":"Coriander (دیسی دھنیا) – 500+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eGrow fresh coriander at home from Desi dhania seeds suitable for pots, trays and garden beds. The aromatic green leaves are widely used in chutneys, raita, salads, curries, daal, biryani and everyday garnishing. Mature plants can also be allowed to form dry coriander seeds for use as a spice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fast-growing annual herb prefers mild weather and loose soil that drains easily. Small sowings made every few weeks can provide a longer supply of tender leaves throughout the cool season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Gardeners Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFresh, aromatic leaves for everyday cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for pots, trays and garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan provide both green leaves and dry seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect sowing makes it suitable for beginners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall repeat sowings provide leaves for longer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach packet contains 500+ seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommendation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest sowing time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to February in most plains\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermination time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 7–21 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowing temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 15–25°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout ¼–½ inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 4–6 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePot depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 8–10 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 2–3 inches for leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMature height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommonly 12–24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirst cutting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 30–45 days after sowing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool-season annual herb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to February. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to February after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed, or from August to September for autumn leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the final pot, tray or garden bed with loose, well-draining soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGently press or rub the round coriander seed balls so some separate into halves. Do not grind them into powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow approximately ¼–½ inch deep, leaving about 1 inch between seeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater gently and keep the upper soil lightly moist until seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin crowded seedlings after they develop a few leaves, leaving approximately 2–3 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat is commonly called one coriander seed is actually a small, round dry fruit that can separate into two halves. Lightly splitting some before sowing allows moisture to reach the seeds more easily, but fully crushing them can damage them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the soil lightly moist during germination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater established plants when the soil surface begins to dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide morning sun or at least 4–6 hours of direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive afternoon shade when temperatures begin rising.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin crowded seedlings to improve airflow and leaf growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid disturbing the roots through unnecessary transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove yellow or badly damaged leaves when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow another small batch every 2–3 weeks for a continuing supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-organic-fertilizer\"\u003evermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the soil before sowing. Coriander grown for leaves usually needs little additional feeding when planted in fresh, moderately fertile soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck tender shoots and leaf undersides for aphids and other small sap-feeding insects. If they continue spreading, use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eneem oil\u003c\/a\u003e in the evening according to the product directions and observe the stated interval before harvesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting Leaves\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin cutting when the plants are approximately 4–6 inches tall, usually 30–45 days after sowing. Pick the larger outer stems first and leave the younger centre growth in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a larger cutting, trim a small group approximately 1 inch above the soil. The plants may produce some new leaves, although coriander usually gives better results when fresh batches are sown regularly instead of repeatedly cutting the same plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash harvested leaves gently and use them fresh. Place the stems in a glass containing a small amount of water for short storage, or wrap the dry leaves loosely before refrigerating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeave a few healthy plants uncut and allow them to flower. Small white flowers will be followed by round green seed heads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWait until the seed heads become beige or light brown. Cut the stems and place them in a paper bag in a dry, airy location. Once completely dry, rub the seed heads gently to release the coriander seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore fully dried seeds in an airtight container away from moisture, heat and direct sunlight. They can be kept for later sowing or used whole or ground in cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow directly into the final container because coriander roots dislike frequent disturbance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a wide pot or tray if growing mainly for fresh leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid scattering seeds too densely because crowded plants remain thin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect seedlings from strong midday sun during unexpectedly warm weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater gently so the small seeds are not displaced or exposed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake repeat sowings before the previous batch begins flowering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaise outdoor containers slightly during heavy rain so excess water can drain freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are my coriander seeds not germinating?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeep sowing, dry soil, very low temperatures or constantly soaked soil can prevent germination. Some whole seed balls may also take longer to absorb moisture. Keep the upper soil lightly moist, provide mild warmth and allow up to 21 days before sowing again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is my coriander flowering while still small?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm weather, longer days, dry soil and crowded roots can make coriander flower early. Once flowering begins, the plant produces fewer tender leaves. Harvest the remaining leaves and begin another sowing in a cooler position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill coriander grow again after cutting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can produce some new leaves when cut approximately 1 inch above the soil and the centre remains undamaged. Regrowth is usually limited, so repeat sowing every 2–3 weeks is more reliable for maintaining fresh leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the upper leaves thin and feathery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoriander naturally develops finer upper leaves as it matures and prepares to flower. This is a normal stage of growth and does not mean that a different plant has appeared.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan coriander grow indoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can grow beside a bright, sunny window, but weak indoor light may produce thin stems and limited leaves. A balcony, rooftop or outdoor position receiving at least 4–6 hours of sunlight usually gives better growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coriander, Dhania (دھنیا), Hara Dhania (ہرا دھنیا), Cilantro, Chinese Parsley\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877845983454,"sku":null,"price":90.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Coriander.png?v=1787649357"},{"product_id":"desi-safed-mooli-seeds","title":"Radish White (دیسی مولی کے بیج) – 100+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesi White Radish, commonly called mooli, is a cool-season vegetable with long white roots and leafy green tops. Fresh mooli is crisp, juicy and pleasantly sharp. It can be eaten with salt and lemon, added to salads and raita, stuffed into parathas, cooked as sabzi or preserved as achar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRadish originated in Southeast Asia and later spread across South, Central and East Asia, where different long white forms were developed. Desi mooli has long been grown in Pakistan as a familiar winter vegetable for its crisp roots and edible leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crisp roots with the fresh, sharp taste associated with traditional mooli.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocal Uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for parathas, salads, raita, sabzi and achar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdible Leaves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Young leaves can be cooked in saag, bhujia and stuffed breads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Results:\u003c\/strong\u003e Roots can be ready within a few weeks during cool weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContainer Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for deep pots and grow bags with enough soil depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 3–7 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 10–20°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 12–14-inch-deep pot or grow bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 3–4 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 12–18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, stone-free and well-draining soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to February. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to February, after the strongest heat has passed. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after severe frost, or from August to September for an autumn planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoosen the soil to a depth of at least 12 inches and remove stones, old roots and hard clumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds directly about ½ inch deep, leaving roughly 1 inch between seeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with fine soil and water gently without washing the seeds out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen the seedlings are around 2 inches tall, cut the weaker ones at soil level, leaving 3–4 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the soil evenly moist while the white roots are forming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater regularly so the soil remains lightly moist but never waterlogged. Mooli grows poorly when the soil repeatedly changes from very dry to heavily wet. Remove weeds while they are small, taking care not to disturb the developing roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the soil before sowing. If the soil is already fertile, additional feeding is usually unnecessary. Too much fertilizer can produce large leaves while the roots remain thin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the leaves for aphids, especially around curled new growth. Remove badly affected leaves and spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the remaining affected leaves, including their undersides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow directly because transplanting can damage the young root and change its shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare the full soil depth before planting, not only the upper few inches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow a small new row every 10–14 days instead of planting every seed at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf a mature mooli is difficult to pull, water the soil lightly and wait before trying again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin checking the roots around 25 days after sowing. Move a little soil away from the shoulder of one plant. Harvest when the upper root is about 1–2 inches wide and the mooli has reached a suitable length, usually within 25–40 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHold the leaves close to the root and pull steadily. Loosen the surrounding soil first if the root does not come out easily. Do not leave mature mooli in the soil for too long, as the centre may become fibrous, hollow or spongy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash the roots and cut off the leafy tops before refrigeration. Store the leaves separately and use them soon after harvesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does home-grown mooli taste extremely sharp?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm weather, dry soil and delayed harvesting can make the flavour much stronger. Sow during cool weather and harvest while the roots are still firm and juicy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy has the plant started flowering without making a good root?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis usually happens when the weather becomes too warm or the plant experiences stress. Once a flower stalk appears, the root quality normally does not improve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat causes many tiny holes in mooli leaves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlea beetles commonly make small round holes in young radish leaves. Fine insect mesh can protect new seedlings, while early treatment helps prevent heavier damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Desi Mooli, White Radish, Garden Radish, Safed Mooli, مولی, سفید مولی\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877846114526,"sku":null,"price":90.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/radishwhiteseedsproducemojimall.jpg?v=1787649363"},{"product_id":"desi-peela-shaljam-seeds","title":"Turnip Yellow (دیسی پیلے شلجم کے بیج) – 200+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eYellow Turnip, locally known as Peela Shaljam, produces round roots with golden-yellow skin and yellow flesh. It has a mild, slightly sweet taste and a firm texture that becomes tender after cooking. Use it in shaljam gosht, curries, mixed sabzi, soups, stews, pickles and roasted dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurnips have been grown across Europe and western Asia for centuries. Yellow types are valued for their attractive colour, fuller flavour and suitability for cool-season home gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Roots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Produces attractive yellow-skinned roots with yellow flesh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMild Taste:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slightly sweet flavour that becomes richer after cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEveryday Cooking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for curries, meat dishes, soups and pickles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Growing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Roots can usually be harvested within two months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grows well in containers with sufficient depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 5–10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 10–24°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A pot at least 10–12 inches deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 3–6 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 12–18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December after the strongest heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed, or from August to September for an autumn harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoosen the soil and remove stones, hard lumps and old roots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow directly in the final pot or garden bed, around ¼–½ inch deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace seeds about 1–2 inches apart and cover lightly with soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater gently and keep the upper soil lightly moist until seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin the seedlings after true leaves develop, leaving 3–6 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the soil evenly moist while the roots are developing. Long dry periods followed by heavy watering can cause cracking or poor texture. Remove weeds carefully because the roots grow close to the soil surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the soil before sowing. Avoid fresh manure and excessive feeding because they can encourage too many leaves or misshapen roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck young plants for aphids and green caterpillars. Remove visible caterpillars and badly damaged leaves. Spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on affected leaves, including their undersides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow directly because transplanting can disturb the developing root.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin crowded seedlings early so each root has room to become round.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not cover the upper part of the root if it rises above the soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest before hot weather makes the roots strong or fibrous.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow Turnips are usually ready around 50–70 days after sowing. Harvest when the roots are about 2–3 inches wide and still feel firm. Roots left for too long may become woody or develop a stronger taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater the soil lightly before harvesting, then loosen it around the root and pull the plant gently by its leaves. Remove the tops before storing the roots in the refrigerator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Yellow Turnip different from White Turnip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow Turnip has golden-yellow skin and flesh, with a slightly sweeter and fuller flavour. White Turnip is usually lighter in taste and colour. Both can be cooked in similar ways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are my turnips long or forked instead of round?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHard soil, stones, fresh manure and overcrowding can change the root’s shape. Use loose soil and thin the seedlings while they are still small.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat causes many tiny holes in the leaves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTiny round holes are commonly caused by flea beetles. Young seedlings are especially vulnerable, so inspect them regularly and protect them with fine mesh when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Yellow Turnip leaves be eaten?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Healthy young leaves can be washed and cooked as greens. Take only a few leaves from each plant so the root can continue developing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy did the plant flower before forming a good root?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurnips may flower early after temperature stress or when planted too late in warm weather. Sow during the recommended cool months and keep the soil evenly moist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow Turnip, Golden Turnip, Desi Yellow Turnip, Peela Shaljam, پیلا شلجم\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877846442206,"sku":"","price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/turnip_yellow.jpg?v=1787649375"},{"product_id":"desi-shaljam-seeds","title":"Turnip (دیسی شلجم کے بیج) – 250+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant crisp, homegrown shaljam this winter?\u003c\/strong\u003e These Purple Top seeds give you both tender greens and sweet, round roots — ideal for rooftop pots or small winter trays. These Purple Top turnip seeds thrive in cool weather and mature quickly — perfect for rooftop pots, kitchen kiyari, or garden beds. They produce round white roots with purple tops and mild, crisp flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreat for small spaces, they give you both crunchy turnips and soft, leafy greens in one crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Gardeners Prefer It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRound white roots with purple tops and soft, edible greens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrows well in \u003cstrong\u003e10–12 inch pots\u003c\/strong\u003e, trays, or beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to harvest in \u003cstrong\u003e45–60 days\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms best in cool to mild temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent for rooftop or compact home gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Grow Turnip\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest sown \u003cstrong\u003eOctober to February\u003c\/strong\u003e in cool season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to Grow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse \u003cstrong\u003e10–12 inch pots\u003c\/strong\u003e, grow bags, or garden beds with sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing Method\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoak for \u003cstrong\u003e2–4 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e (optional)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix \u003cstrong\u003e2 parts soil + 1 part \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-organic-fertilizer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003evermicompost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow \u003cstrong\u003e0.5 cm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e and water lightly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin seedlings to 2–3 inches apart after sprouting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFertilizer \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBefore Sowing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mix vermicompost for root development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMid-Growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-20-20-20-fertilizer-for-plants\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNPK 20-20-20\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e every 2–3 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinal Stage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Switch to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-5-15-45-fertilizer-for-plants\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNPK 5-15-45\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to boost root size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e if needed for aphids or leaf curl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater evenly to prevent cracking roots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest at 2–3 inches for best taste and texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse soft leaves like saag — don’t let them overgrow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid sowing in hot weather — roots turn woody\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many seeds should I sow in one 12-inch pot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSow thinly across the surface, then thin to \u003cstrong\u003e2–3 plants max\u003c\/strong\u003e after sprouting to allow space for root growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to transplant turnip seedlings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — turnips should be direct sown. Transplanting can damage root formation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long do these seeds take to germinate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGermination takes about \u003cstrong\u003e4–7 days\u003c\/strong\u003e in cool, moist soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"18\" data-start=\"0\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names\u003c\/strong\u003e: Turnip, White Turnip, Garden Turnip, شلجم,Shaljam\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877846474974,"sku":"","price":90.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Turnip_purple_freshly_picked.jpg?v=1787649378"},{"product_id":"desi-matar-seeds","title":"Pea (دیسی مٹر کے بیج) – 25+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrow sweet mattar right on your rooftop this winter.\u003c\/strong\u003e These high-germination pea seeds are ideal for cool weather and produce crisp, green pods in just 60–75 days — perfect for pots, trellised beds, or kitchen kiyari.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese premium pea seeds thrive in cool weather and are perfect for rooftop pots, trellised beds, or small kitchen gardens. They grow into compact, climbing vines that produce crisp green pods ideal for fresh use or cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWell-suited for container gardening, these peas are beginner-friendly, fast to sprout, and rewarding to harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Gardeners Prefer It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh germination rate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrows easily in \u003cstrong\u003e10–12 inch pots\u003c\/strong\u003e, grow bags, or kiyari\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGerminates in \u003cstrong\u003e6–8 days\u003c\/strong\u003e, ready to harvest in \u003cstrong\u003e60–75 days\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms best in cool to mild winter sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Grow Peas\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest sown from \u003cstrong\u003eOctober to January\u003c\/strong\u003e for winter harvest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to Grow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse \u003cstrong\u003e10–12 inch containers\u003c\/strong\u003e, raised beds, or grow bags with a small trellis for support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing Method\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoak seeds for \u003cstrong\u003e6–8 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix \u003cstrong\u003e2 parts soil + 1 part\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-organic-fertilizer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003evermicompost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow \u003cstrong\u003e1 inch deep\u003c\/strong\u003e and space \u003cstrong\u003e2 inches apart\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater lightly and keep moist during germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFertilizer \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBefore Sowing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add vermicompost to enrich the base soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvery 3 Weeks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-20-20-20-fertilizer-for-plants\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNPK 20-20-20\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for early growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAt Flowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-5-15-45-fertilizer-for-plants\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNPK 5-15-45\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to support pod formation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e every 10–15 days if needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrain vines gently onto a small trellis after 2 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest garden-pea pods when the peas inside are plump but still tender. Open the pods and use the shelled peas; pick regularly before the peas become hard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater at the base to avoid mildew on leaves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid sowing in shady or poorly drained areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I sow pea seeds directly or start indoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDirect sowing is best. Pea roots don’t transplant well, so plant directly in pots or beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many seeds per 12-inch pot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSow 3–4 seeds evenly spaced. After sprouting, thin to \u003cstrong\u003e2 strong plants\u003c\/strong\u003e for better yield.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long do these seeds take from sowing to harvest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eExpect to harvest pods in \u003cstrong\u003e60–75 days\u003c\/strong\u003e if grown in cool winter sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names\u003c\/strong\u003e: Pea, Garden Pea, Green Pea, مٹر, Matar\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877847163102,"sku":null,"price":90.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/pea_plant_seeds_moji_mall.jpg?v=1787649386"},{"product_id":"desi-phool-gobhi-seeds","title":"Cauliflower (دیسی پھول گوبھی) – 70+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesi Cauliflower forms a rounded, creamy-white head surrounded by broad green leaves. Its tightly packed florets have a mild, slightly sweet flavour and can be used in aloo gobhi, gobhi gosht, mixed sabzi, pakoras, pulao, soups and achar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCauliflower developed around the eastern Mediterranean and was brought to northern India during the early 1800s. Growers later selected plants that handled South Asia’s conditions better, helping phool gobhi spread across the region and become a familiar winter vegetable in Pakistan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Gardeners Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm White Heads:\u003c\/strong\u003e Produces tightly packed florets for fresh home cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen Favourite:\u003c\/strong\u003e Useful in sabzi, curries, pakoras, pulao and achar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCool-Season Growing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Develops well during Pakistan’s mild winter weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e One plant can grow comfortably in a large container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e A mature head can provide florets for several dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 5–10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowing temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 15–22°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6–8 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 14–16-inch pot for one plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 18–24 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 18–30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 80–120 days from sowing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, moisture-holding and well-draining soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from August to October for planting during the cooler months. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from September to November after the strongest heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after hard frost has passed, or from July to August for autumn planting where summers remain mild.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a seedling tray or small pots with fine, moist seed-starting mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds about ¼ inch deep and cover them lightly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater gently and keep the mix moist until the seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the seedlings in bright light and gradually introduce them to outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant when they have 4–5 true leaves, leaving 18–24 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water when the upper soil begins drying. Keep moisture steady while the leaves and head develop, but do not leave the soil soaked. Water around the base instead of pouring directly into the centre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeeding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mix \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the soil before transplanting. If an established plant remains pale and makes little new growth despite correct watering and sunlight, apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-20-20-20-fertilizer-for-plants\"\u003eNPK 20-20-20 Fertilizer\u003c\/a\u003e once at 1 teaspoon per litre of water. Do not increase the dose when the head begins forming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the undersides of leaves for aphids, caterpillar eggs and small green caterpillars. Remove visible eggs and caterpillars by hand. If aphids continue spreading, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e in the evening, including underneath the affected leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep only one cauliflower plant in each large pot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirm the soil gently around newly transplanted seedlings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect young plants from strong afternoon sun for the first few days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not damage the central growing point because the head forms there.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen the white head becomes visible, loosely fold a few outer leaves over it to protect it from direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCauliflower is usually ready within 80–120 days from sowing, depending on the weather and planting time. Harvest when the head is firm, full-sized and tightly packed. Do not wait until the florets begin separating or the surface becomes loose and grainy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a clean, sharp knife to cut the main stem below the head. Leave a few surrounding leaves attached to protect the cauliflower during handling. Use it fresh or place it in the refrigerator soon after harvesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is my Cauliflower producing leaves but no head?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm weather, overcrowding, weak sunlight, excessive nitrogen or damage to the central growing point can prevent proper head formation. A plant that remains stressed for a long time may continue producing leaves without developing a good head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy has the plant formed a very small head too early?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is often called buttoning. It can happen when seedlings are transplanted too late, their roots are disturbed, or the plants experience sudden cold, heat, dryness or poor nutrition while young. The small head will not become much larger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is the head becoming loose or grainy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm weather during head development can cause the florets to separate. An overmature head may also begin loosening. Harvest as soon as the head becomes firm and reaches a useful size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Cauliflower leaves edible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Healthy young leaves and tender stalks can be washed, chopped and cooked in sabzi, soups or mixed vegetable dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cauliflower, Desi Phool Gobhi, Phool Gobhi, White Cauliflower, پھول گوبھی, سفید گوبھی\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877847195870,"sku":"Cauliflower","price":90.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/IMG-20250214_224833.jpg?v=1787649392"},{"product_id":"desi-gajar-seeds","title":"Carrot (دیسی گاجر) – 300+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesi Red Carrot produces long, tapered roots with a deep red to reddish-red colour and feathery green leaves. The roots have a crisp, juicy texture and a naturally sweet flavour. Use them in salads, juice, achar, sabzi, soups, pulao and gajar ka halwa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarrots were first grown in Central Asia, and traders and growers later carried red-rooted types through Persia and South Asia. Their deep colour, sweetness and suitability for cool winters helped them become a familiar seasonal vegetable in Pakistan and northern India.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Gardeners Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep Red Colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds rich colour to winter meals and drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional Favourite:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well suited to halwa, juice, achar and salads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh Crunch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Young roots stay crisp, juicy and tender.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Harvesting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull smaller carrots or allow them to grow longer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall-Space Growing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suits deep pots, grow bags and garden beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 7–14 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowing temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 10–25°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A container or grow bag at least 12 inches deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 2–3 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 70–90 days after sowing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep, loose, stone-free and well-draining soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to December, with another small sowing possible during January. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to February after the strongest heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed, or from August to September for autumn growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoosen the soil at least 10–12 inches deep and remove stones, roots and hard lumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake shallow rows around ¼ inch deep and water along them before sowing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread the seeds thinly, then cover them with a fine layer of soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater with a gentle spray and keep the soil surface moist until seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen seedlings are around 2–3 inches tall, leave 2–3 inches between the strongest plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep the soil surface moist while the seeds germinate. After the seedlings become established, water deeply whenever the upper soil begins drying. Avoid repeated changes between very dry and very wet soil because the roots may crack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeeding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the soil before sowing. Carrots usually need no additional feeding in properly prepared soil. Avoid fresh manure and heavy nitrogen feeding because these can encourage excessive leaves, hairy roots and branching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check young plants for cutworms that sever seedlings near soil level and aphids gathering on new leaves. Remove visible cutworms and keep nearby weeds under control. If aphids continue spreading, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e in the evening according to the product directions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow directly because transplanted carrots often develop bent or forked roots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix the tiny seeds with dry sand to spread them more evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin crowded seedlings by cutting extras at soil level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove weeds by hand without digging deeply around the roots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow a short row every 2–3 weeks for a longer supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin checking the roots around 70 days after sowing. Brush a little soil away from the shoulder to check its colour and thickness. Young roots may be lighter, while the red colour usually becomes stronger as the carrots mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater dry soil the day before harvesting. Loosen the soil beside each carrot with a hand fork, then lift it carefully by the leaves to avoid breaking the root. Remove the leafy tops after harvesting and wash the carrots just before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are my carrot seeds taking so long to sprout?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarrot seeds naturally sprout slowly and may take up to three weeks. If none appear, the seeds may have been buried too deeply, the soil surface may have dried out or a hard crust may have formed after heavy watering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are my carrots forked or twisted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eForking can be caused by stones, compacted soil, fresh manure or damage to the young root. This is usually a shape problem, and the carrot can still be eaten if it is otherwise healthy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the leaves large while the roots remain thin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plants may be overcrowded, shaded or receiving too much nitrogen. Thin them to the correct spacing, provide enough sunlight and avoid strong nitrogen feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are some harvested roots lighter red than others?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe colour can vary with root age, temperature and natural differences between plants. Allowing healthy young roots more time to mature may deepen their colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carrot, Red Carrot, Garden Carrot, سرخ گاجر, Surkh Gajar.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877847228638,"sku":"","price":90.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/carrot_red_freshly_picked.jpg?v=1787649394"},{"product_id":"desi-band-gobhi-seeds","title":"Cabbage (دیسی بند گوبھی کے بیج) – 70+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesi Cabbage produces broad green outer leaves around a firm, rounded head. The inner leaves are crisp and mild, with a light sweetness that softens when cooked. Use them raw in salads and slaws, or cook them in sabzi, soups, noodles, stir-fries, rolls and pickles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCabbage is a cultivated form of \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea\u003c\/em\u003e, developed in Europe from wild leafy ancestors and grown for centuries. During cool weather, its inner leaves gradually overlap and tighten into a compact head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Gardeners Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh Crunch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Home-grown heads bring crisp texture to everyday meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen Favourite:\u003c\/strong\u003e Useful in salads, sabzi, noodles, soups and pickles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinter Growing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills the garden while many summer vegetables are resting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContainer Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e One plant fits a large pot or grow bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRewarding to Watch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose leaves gradually form a firm, rounded head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 5–10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowing temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 10–24°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6–8 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 14–16-inch-wide pot at least 12 inches deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 12–18 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 60–100 days after transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile soil that holds moisture but drains well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from late August to October for winter harvesting. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from September to November after the strongest heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed, or from July to August for autumn harvesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a seedling tray or small pots with fine, moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow one or two seeds in each space, around ¼–½ inch deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater gently and keep the mix lightly moist in a bright location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf both seeds germinate, keep the stronger seedling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant when seedlings have 4–6 true leaves, leaving 12–18 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water deeply when the upper soil begins drying. Keep moisture reasonably even, especially while the head is forming. Add a light mulch to reduce moisture loss during warmer weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeeding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the soil before transplanting. If established plants remain pale and make little new growth despite correct watering and sunlight, apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-20-20-20-fertilizer-for-plants\"\u003eNPK 20-20-20 Fertilizer\u003c\/a\u003e once at 1 teaspoon per litre of water. Avoid feeding after the head begins forming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the undersides and centre of the leaves for aphids, eggs and green caterpillars. Remove caterpillars and badly damaged leaves by hand. If aphids continue spreading, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e in the evening according to the product directions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the soil gently around transplants so wind cannot loosen them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect nursery seedlings from heavy rain and harsh afternoon sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover plants with fine insect mesh when white butterflies appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid damaging the centre because the cabbage head develops there.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove nearby weeds by hand before they compete with the roots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest when the head feels firm and does not press inward easily. The exact time depends on the variety, temperature and growing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a clean, sharp knife to cut the stem just below the head. Leave two or three healthy outer leaves attached to protect the cabbage during handling. Harvest promptly once the head becomes firm rather than leaving it on the plant for too long.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is my cabbage producing leaves but not forming a head?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHot weather, close spacing, excessive nitrogen or damage to the central growing point can prevent head formation. Give the plant enough room, protect its centre and allow it to develop during steady cool weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy did the cabbage head split?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSplitting often happens when dry soil suddenly receives a large amount of water. It can also occur when a mature head remains on the plant for too long. Keep soil moisture even and harvest firm heads promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat causes dry brown edges inside the head?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is often tipburn. Uneven watering or excessively rapid growth can prevent enough calcium from reaching the young inner leaves, even when calcium is present in the soil. Maintain steady moisture and avoid heavy feeding after the head begins forming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cabbage, Green Cabbage, Head Cabbage, Desi Cabbage, Band Gobhi, بند گوبھی\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877847261406,"sku":null,"price":90.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Cabbage_seeds_moji_mall.jpg?v=1787649397"},{"product_id":"desi-beetroot-seeds","title":"Beetroot (دیسی چقندر کے بیج) – 70+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesi Beetroot is a cool-season vegetable with broad green leaves, reddish stems and rounded, deep-red roots. The roots have a mild, sweet flavour and can be eaten raw, boiled, roasted, pickled or blended into juice. Young leaves can also be cooked like spinach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeetroot is a form of \u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e, a plant native from western Europe through the Mediterranean region to India, including Pakistan. It has been grown for its edible roots for centuries. During cool weather, its leaves grow steadily while the root thickens at soil level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Gardeners Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRich Colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep-red roots add colour to salads, pickles and cooked dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMild Sweetness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Young roots have a pleasant flavour and tender texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Edible Parts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the roots and cook young leaves like spinach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pick small tender roots or leave them to grow larger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grows well in pots, grow bags and garden beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 7–14 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowing temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 10–25°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–10-inch-deep pot for one plant, or a wider for several plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 3–4 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Begin checking from around 50 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, fertile and well-draining soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to February, although growth may slow during the coldest weeks. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to February, once the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed, or from August to September for autumn growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoosen the soil in the final pot or garden bed and remove stones and hard lumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake shallow rows or planting holes around ½–1 inch deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the seeds about 2 inches apart and cover them with fine soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater gently and keep the soil surface moist until seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen the seedlings are around 1 inch tall, keep the strongest plants and leave 3–4 inches between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water when the soil surface begins drying. Keep the soil lightly moist without leaving it soaked. Long dry periods followed by heavy watering can cause the roots to split.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeeding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the soil before sowing. If the plants remain small and pale after 4–6 weeks despite receiving enough sunlight and water, apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-20-20-20-fertilizer-for-plants\"\u003eNPK 20-20-20 Fertilizer\u003c\/a\u003e once at 1 teaspoon per litre of water. Leave at least seven days between feeding and harvesting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remove badly affected leaves with pale winding lines or blotchy areas caused by leaf miners. If aphids or flea beetles continue damaging new leaves, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e in the evening according to the product directions, including underneath the affected leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin crowded seedlings while the soil is damp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow a short row or small pot every 2–3 weeks for a longer supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep weeds away by hand to avoid damaging the developing roots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd a light mulch after the seedlings become established.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin checking the roots around 50 days after sowing. The exact time depends on the weather and the size you prefer. Lift the roots when they are around 1½–3 inches across. Smaller roots are usually more tender, while roots left too long may become hard or woody.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoosen firm soil with a hand fork before lifting the plants. You can also pick a few young outer leaves, but leave at least four or five healthy leaves on each plant so the root can keep growing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are several seedlings growing in one place?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat looks like one beetroot seed is usually a small seed cluster that can produce more than one seedling. This is normal. Keep the strongest seedling and remove the others while they are small.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy can I see the top of the root above the soil?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top may become visible as the root grows. This is normal. Do not push it down or cover it deeply. Leave it in place until the root reaches the size you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is my beetroot growing a flower stalk?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA spell of very cold weather followed by warmth, or hot and dry conditions, can make beetroot flower early. The root will usually stop growing well and may become tough. Remove the plant and sow again during steadier cool weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beetroot, چقندر, Chukandar.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877847425246,"sku":null,"price":90.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Beetroot.jpg?v=1787649402"},{"product_id":"chili-bullet-seeds","title":"Chili Bullet – F1 Hybrid 20 Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChili Bullet (بلٹ مرچ) is a \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ehot pepper variety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e that produces short, pointed fruits with strong heat and a sharp flavour. It grows best in warm weather, full sunlight, fertile well-drained soil, and regular watering without waterlogging. Suitable for garden beds or \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8–10-inch pots\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, this hybrid chilli is useful for fresh chutneys, pickles, sauces, curries, and everyday spicy cooking. Chillies originated in the Americas and later spread across Asia, where they became an important part of local food and kitchen gardening.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Gardeners Choose It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduces hot, fragrant green chilies with bold flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact plants suited to pots, grow bags, or beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms well in hot, sunny climates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps producing with frequent harvesting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteady growth with good soil and routine care\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChili Growing Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/strong\u003e: February to April or July to August\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Grow\u003c\/strong\u003e: 10–12 inch pots, rooftop grow bags, or sunny garden beds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSowing Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix 2 parts garden soil with 1 part \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow seeds 0.5 cm deep and water gently\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGerminates in 6–10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant once 4–5 leaves appear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFertilizer \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBefore Sowing\u003c\/strong\u003e: Mix \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e thoroughly into soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvery 2 Weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e: Feed with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-20-20-20-fertilizer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNPK 20-20-20\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for leafy growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMid-Growth\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/seaweed-liquid-fertilizer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeaweed Liquid Fertilizer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to boost flowering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control\u003c\/strong\u003e: Apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e every 10–15 days to deter aphids and whiteflies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTips from Local Gardeners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePinch early flowers to strengthen the plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStake lightly when fruits begin forming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater only when top 1 inch of soil dries out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest green or allow to ripen red, as preferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many chilies will I get from one plant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA single mirch plant can give \u003cstrong\u003e40–60 chilies\u003c\/strong\u003e across the season with regular picking and balanced feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are my chili flowers falling off?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUsually due to \u003cstrong\u003eheat stress\u003c\/strong\u003e or poor pollination. Keep soil evenly moist and gently shake the plant to aid pollination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I get red chilies from these seeds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — if left on the plant longer, green chilies will naturally turn red and become hotter in flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo chili plants need pollinators?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOutdoors, bees and wind help. On balconies, lightly tap flowers or use a soft brush to self-pollinate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long will each plant produce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach plant can yield for \u003cstrong\u003e4–5 months\u003c\/strong\u003e with proper care. Sow new seeds monthly for a steady harvest.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names\u003c\/strong\u003e: Green Chili, Green Chili Pepper, سبز مرچ, Sabz Mirch.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877847523550,"sku":"","price":150.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/green_bullet_chilli_plant_seeds_by_moji_mall.jpg?v=1787316600"},{"product_id":"desi-methi-seeds","title":"Fenugreek (قصوری میتھی کے بیج) – 1500+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eFenugreek, widely known as Methi or Kasuri Methi, is a fast-growing cool-season herb valued for its fresh leaves and aromatic seeds. The leaves have a savoury, mildly bitter taste and are commonly cooked in aloo methi, saag, paratha and lentils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNative to Pakistan and surrounding parts of West Asia, fenugreek has been used in regional cooking for generations. Its seeds have a stronger flavour and develop a warm, slightly sweet aroma when cooked. It grows well in pots and home gardens during mild weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFamiliar Flavour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh leaves have a savoury, mildly bitter taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Young leaves can be ready within 3–4 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeaves and Seeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both parts of the plant can be used in cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh or Dried:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leaves can be cooked fresh or dried for later use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grows well in balconies, rooftops and small gardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 3–7 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 15–25°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 4–6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A wide 6–8-inch-deep pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 2–4 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 12–24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, moderately fertile and well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSowing note:\u003c\/strong\u003e In Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November, or again in February for a short spring planting. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to January while the weather remains mild. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April, after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the final pot or garden space with moist potting mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake shallow rows around ¼–½ inch deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds about 1 inch apart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover them lightly with the potting mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater the surface with a gentle spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the pot in a bright, sunny location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the mix lightly moist until seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin the seedlings to 2–4 inches apart as they grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the soil lightly moist while the leaves are developing. Thin crowded seedlings early to give the remaining plants more space, and remove weeds before they compete with the young roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" class=\"decorated-link\" href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the soil before sowing. Check young leaves for aphids and leaf miners. Remove badly damaged leaves and spray \u003ca class=\"decorated-link\" rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on any remaining affected leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoak the seeds for 6–8 hours if you want quicker sprouting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow small batches every 2–3 weeks for continued picking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrow plants slightly closer when harvesting young leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide afternoon shade if warm weather arrives early.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave a few healthy plants untouched if you want seeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin harvesting young leaves around 3–4 weeks after sowing. Cut the stems about 1–2 inches above the soil, leaving the lowest growth in place. Some plants may provide another smaller cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest the leaves before flower buds open for a milder taste. To make dried methi, dry clean leaves in a shaded, airy place and store them in a sealed container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor seeds, leave selected plants until the pods turn yellow-brown. Collect the pods before they split, dry them completely and remove the hard seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do my fenugreek leaves taste bitter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild bitterness is natural. Older leaves and plants exposed to heat or dry soil usually taste more bitter. Harvest the leaves young and water regularly for a milder taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill fenugreek grow again after cutting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome plants may provide another smaller cutting. Cut 1–2 inches above the soil and leave healthy lower growth in place; regrowth is not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan fenugreek grow indoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be grown indoors for young leaves near a sunny window receiving at least four hours of direct light. Full-sized plants usually perform better outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fenugreek, Methi, Methi Saag, Methi Dana, میتھی, میتھی ساگ, میتھی دانہ\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877847621854,"sku":"","price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Methi-Fenugreek-seeds.jpg?v=1787316608"},{"product_id":"desi-sarson-saag-seeds","title":"Mustard Saag (دیسی سرسوں کا ساگ) – 2000+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eGrow the traditional taste of Punjab at home with Desi Sarson Saag Seeds. This cool-season leafy vegetable produces the mustard greens used in sarson ka saag, a popular Pakistani dish traditionally enjoyed with \u003cem\u003emakki di roti\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSarson is valued for its rich, distinctive taste and fresh winter leaves. Each pack contains 2000+ seeds, suitable for repeated sowing in pots, raised beds and home gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Gardeners Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraditional desi mustard greens for sarson ka saag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich taste valued in Punjabi cooking\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast-growing winter leafy vegetable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect sowing without transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for pots, beds and rooftop gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOuter leaves can be picked repeatedly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be sown in batches for a longer supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeed Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInformation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesi mustard greens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeed quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000+ seeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowing season\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWinter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSowing method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirect sowing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest location\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to partial sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePots, beds and rooftop gardens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFresh leaves for cooking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSarson grows best in cool weather. In Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November. Another small sowing can be made after two to three weeks for a longer supply of leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October into December after the strongest heat has passed. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow in early autumn or from March to April after hard frost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh temperatures can cause plants to form flower stalks early and make the leaves stronger in taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare loose, fertile soil that drains well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow seeds about ⅓ to ½ inch deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the soil lightly moist until seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin crowded seedlings when they develop true leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave approximately 4 to 6 inches between plants grown for regular leaf picking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe removed seedlings can be used as young greens. Provide additional space when growing larger plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing in Pots\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a wide container with open drainage holes. A depth of approximately 8 to 10 inches is suitable for growing mustard greens for leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not overcrowd the pot. Closely packed plants compete for light, moisture and nutrition, producing smaller leaves. Place the container where it receives several hours of direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the soil evenly moist but not waterlogged. Dry soil and warm weather can make the leaves tougher and encourage early flowering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore sowing, mix some \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003evermicompost fertilizer\u003c\/a\u003e into poor soil. Additional fertilizer is usually unnecessary when the soil is already fertile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck young leaves for aphids and leaf-eating insects. Remove badly affected leaves and inspect the undersides regularly. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-cold-pressed\"\u003eCold-pressed neem oil\u003c\/a\u003e may be used according to its directions when treatment is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin picking young outer leaves once they are large enough to use. Leave the centre of the plant undamaged so it can continue producing new growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular picking encourages fresh leaves. Harvest before the plants form flower stalks for softer leaves and a milder taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are my sarson plants producing flowers instead of more leaves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm weather, mature plants or irregular watering can trigger flowering. Sow during the cool season and harvest regularly before flower stalks develop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan sarson grow again after cutting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Cut the outer leaves and leave the central growing point intact. The plant can produce additional leaves while temperatures remain cool and it receives enough water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are there many small holes in the leaves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall holes are commonly caused by flea beetles or young caterpillars. Check both sides of the leaves, remove visible insects and treat early before damage spreads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sarson Saag, Mustard Greens, Desi Sarson, Sarson Ka Saag (سرسوں کا ساگ)\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877847654622,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Sarson_Ka_Saag.jpg?v=1787316613"},{"product_id":"desi-piaz-seeds","title":"Onion (دیسی پیاز کے بیج) – 200+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eGrow your own flavorful onions with our Onion seeds! Ideal for a variety of culinary uses, these onions are a must-have in any kitchen for their versatility and robust flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAspect\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e☀️ Sunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun: as much light as possible.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e🌡️ Climate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool to warm weather (10°C to 25°C); can tolerate light frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e🌱 Soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, fertile soil; rich in organic matter (pH 6.0-7.0)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e💧 Watering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep soil evenly moist; avoid waterlogging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e🪴 Container Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 5 gallons (19 liters) or 12-14 inches deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e📏 Spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant 4-6 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e🐞 Pests\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck for onion flies and thrips; use neem oil if needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e🧅 Harvest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady in 90-120 days; harvest when tops fall over and bulbs are firm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e❓ Troubleshooting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft or rotting bulbs may indicate overwatering or poor drainage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStarting Onions from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow 1\/4–1\/2 inch deep and cover lightly with fine soil. Keep the seed rows moist until seedlings emerge. Thin crowded seedlings as they grow, leaving at least 4 inches between plants for bulb development; the thinnings can be used as green onions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFertilization:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"list-style-type: none;\"\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen seedlings are about 4 to 5 inches tall, start fertilizing every couple of weeks with a balanced nutrient solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter they’re established, consider transitioning to a nutrient focused on size and yield, following a similar application schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBe flexible with the amounts you use, adjusting based on how the plants respond.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf pests are severe, mix 1 teaspoon of neem oil in 1 liter of water and apply every 3 days during morning or evening. For ongoing protection, use neem oil every 7 to 10 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater only when the soil appears dry, ensuring your plants receive the right amount of moisture without becoming waterlogged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex max-w-full flex-col flex-grow\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-message-author-role=\"assistant\" data-message-id=\"3c561d00-5b02-4b18-ae4b-dbe1a92d6cef\" dir=\"auto\" class=\"min-h-8 text-message flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 whitespace-normal break-words [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-5\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden first:pt-[3px]\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"markdown prose w-full break-words dark:prose-invert light\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"18\"\u003eCommon Names\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col data-start=\"20\" data-end=\"84\" data-is-only-node=\"\" data-is-last-node=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"20\" data-end=\"57\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"23\" data-end=\"55\"\u003eOnion, Bulb Onion, Red Onion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"58\" data-end=\"71\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"61\" data-end=\"69\"\u003eپیاز\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"72\" data-end=\"84\" data-is-last-node=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"75\" data-end=\"84\" data-is-last-node=\"\"\u003ePyaaz\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant your Onion seeds today and enjoy the fresh, robust flavors of home-grown onions in your cooking!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877847752926,"sku":null,"price":90.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/desionionseedsbymojimallpakistan.jpg?v=1787649413"},{"product_id":"capsicum-yellow-seeds","title":"Capsicum Yellow – F1 Hybrid 10 Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eYellow Capsicum F1 Hybrid produces sweet, thick-fleshed bell peppers that begin green and turn bright yellow as they ripen. Their mild flavour and crisp texture suit salads, sandwiches, pizza, noodles, rice, omelettes, stir-fries and stuffed capsicum dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs an F1 Hybrid, it is selected for even plant growth and fruits that develop with a similar shape, size and yellow colour. The fruits also tend to reach the picking stage within a closer period when all plants receive similar care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven Growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e F1 plants develop at a similar pace under the same conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimilar Fruits:\u003c\/strong\u003e Produces capsicums with a more consistent shape and size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThick Flesh:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fruits are crisp, juicy and suitable for fresh or cooked dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright Yellow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully ripened fruits add colour to salads and meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for sunny balconies, rooftops and small gardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 6–10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 25–30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6–8 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 12–14-inch pot for one plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 18–24 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 24–36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, loose and well-draining potting mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from February to April, or again from July to August with protection from strong heat and heavy rain. In Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from January to March, or from September to October after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a seedling tray or small pots with fine, moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds around ¼ inch deep and cover them lightly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the tray warm and maintain light moisture without making the mix soggy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove the seedlings into bright light after they appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant when the seedlings have at least four true leaves and strong stems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater deeply whenever the upper layer of soil begins to dry. Keep the moisture steady while flowers and fruits are developing. Avoid leaving the soil waterlogged. Add a stake when the plant becomes tall or its branches begin carrying several fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the final potting mix before transplanting. Add another small amount around the plant after 4–6 weeks, keeping it away from the main stem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the undersides of leaves for aphids, whiteflies and spider mites. Remove badly affected leaves and spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the remaining affected leaves during the evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide afternoon shade during periods of extreme summer heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelter pots from prolonged monsoon rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport fruit-bearing branches before they begin bending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid wetting the leaves late in the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest when the fruits have changed from green to bright yellow and feel firm, plump and smooth. Cut each capsicum with clean scissors or a knife, leaving a short piece of stem attached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fruits can be picked while green, but allowing them to turn fully yellow gives them a sweeter flavour. Check the plants regularly because the F1 fruits may reach the picking stage within a similar period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the flowers falling without forming fruits?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlower drop can happen during extreme heat, cold nights, irregular watering or weak pollination. Keep the soil evenly moist and gently shake the flowering branches in the morning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is the plant growing leaves but not forming flowers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToo much nitrogen, insufficient sunlight or very high temperatures can delay flowering. Give the plant full sun and avoid repeated feeding with high-nitrogen fertilizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat causes a dark, sunken patch at the bottom of the fruit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is usually blossom-end rot. It often develops when irregular watering prevents the plant from taking up calcium properly. Maintain steady soil moisture instead of allowing the pot to dry completely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the capsicums splitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSplitting commonly happens when dry soil receives a large amount of water suddenly. Water regularly and avoid letting the pot remain dry for long periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow Capsicum, Yellow Bell Pepper, Yellow Sweet Pepper, Peeli Shimla Mirch, پیلی شملہ مرچ\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877847851230,"sku":"Capsicum F1 Yellow","price":150.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/CapsicumYellow-PeeliShimlaMirchonplant.jpg?v=1787316627"},{"product_id":"capsicum-red-seeds","title":"Capsicum Red – F1 Hybrid 10 Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eRed Capsicum F1 Hybrid produces sweet, thick-walled bell peppers with a crisp texture and blocky shape. The fruits begin green and turn deep red as they ripen. They can be used in salads, sandwiches, pizza, noodles, rice, omelettes, stir-fries, roasting and stuffed capsicum dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs an F1 Hybrid, it is selected for even plant growth and fruits that develop with a similar shape, size and red colour. The fruits also tend to reach the picking stage within a closer period when all plants receive similar sunlight, water and feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven Growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e F1 plants develop at a similar pace under the same conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimilar Fruits:\u003c\/strong\u003e Produces capsicums with a more consistent blocky shape and size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThick Walls:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fruits remain firm and crisp when cut or cooked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSweet Flavour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully ripened red fruits have a mild, sweet taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for sunny balconies, rooftops and small gardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 6–10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 22–30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6–8 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 12–14-inch pot for one plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 18–24 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 24–36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, loose and well-draining potting mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from January to March, or again from July to August with protection from strong heat and heavy rain. In Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from January to February, or from September to October after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a seedling tray or small pots with fine, moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds around ¼ inch deep and cover them lightly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the tray warm and maintain light moisture without making the mix soggy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove the seedlings into bright light after they appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant when the seedlings have 3–4 true leaves and strong stems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater deeply whenever the upper layer of soil begins to dry. Keep the moisture steady while flowers and fruits are developing. Avoid leaving the soil waterlogged. Add a stake when the main stem becomes tall or the branches begin carrying several fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the final potting mix before transplanting. Add another small amount around the plant after 4–6 weeks, keeping it away from the main stem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the undersides of leaves for aphids, whiteflies and spider mites. Remove badly affected leaves and spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the remaining affected leaves during the evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide afternoon shade during periods of extreme summer heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelter pots from prolonged monsoon rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport fruit-bearing branches before they begin bending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse light mulch to reduce rapid soil drying during hot weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest when the fruits have changed from green to deep red and feel firm, plump and smooth. Cut each capsicum with clean scissors or a knife, leaving a short piece of stem attached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fruits can be picked while green, but allowing them to ripen fully on the plant gives them their red colour and sweeter flavour. Check the plants regularly because the F1 fruits may reach the picking stage within a similar period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the flowers falling without forming fruits?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlower drop can happen during extreme heat, cold nights, irregular watering or weak pollination. Keep the soil evenly moist and gently shake the flowering branches in the morning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat causes a dark, sunken patch at the bottom of the fruit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is usually blossom-end rot. It often develops when irregular watering prevents the plant from taking up calcium properly. Maintain steady soil moisture instead of allowing the pot to dry completely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do the fruits have pale or dry patches on one side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may be sunscald, which happens when fruits are suddenly exposed to intense sunlight. Avoid removing too many healthy leaves because they provide natural shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the capsicums splitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSplitting commonly happens when dry soil receives a large amount of water suddenly. Water regularly and avoid letting the pot remain dry for long periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Capsicum, Red Bell Pepper, Red Sweet Pepper, Surkh Shimla Mirch, سرخ شملہ مرچ\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877847883998,"sku":"Capsicum F1 Red","price":150.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/capsicum_red_grown_on_plant.jpg?v=1787316631"},{"product_id":"chrysanthemum-mix-seeds","title":"Chrysanthemum Mix (گل داؤدی) – 20+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eDaisy Tricolor produces upright, branching plants topped with brightly ringed, daisy-like flowers. The blooms appear in combinations of white, yellow, rose, red, orange and maroon around dark centres, giving them a colourful painted appearance. They look attractive in sunny pots, borders and grouped flower planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNative to Morocco, Daisy Tricolor is a fast-growing annual that prefers cool to mild weather. Its divided green leaves form a fresh background for the flowers, while the long stems can also be cut for small indoor arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinged Blooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Contrasting bands create a bold, painted appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVaried Mix:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plants produce several attractive colour combinations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut Flowers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Long stems are suitable for small vase arrangements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBee Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The open flower centres attract bees to the garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 10–21 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 18–22°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–10-inch-wide pot for one plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 8–12 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 24–36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlower size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore and Faisalabad, sow from September to November, or again from late January to February. In Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to October, or again from February to March after severe cold has eased. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to January once the strongest summer heat has passed. In colder northern and hilly areas, start the seeds in protected trays during March or sow outside in April after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDaisy Tricolor can be sown directly in its final pot or flower bed, or started in a tray when the weather is unsettled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the final pot or tray with fine, moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds thinly and evenly over the prepared surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover them with around ⅛ inch of fine mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater the surface gently using a fine spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the container bright and the mix lightly moist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt 2–3 pairs of true leaves, leave 8–12 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater regularly while the seedlings are becoming established. Once the plants are stronger, water when the upper soil begins to dry. Avoid leaving the soil constantly wet because this can weaken the roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePinch the main growing tip when the plant is around 6–8 inches tall to encourage more branches and flowering stems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the potting mix before sowing. Repeated feeding is usually unnecessary because overly rich soil can produce soft, leafy growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDaisy Tricolor generally has few pest problems. If aphids appear, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the affected foliage while avoiding open flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrow several plants together for a fuller mixed-colour display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace taller plants behind lower flowers so they do not block sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd a slim stake early when growing in exposed rooftop pots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow another small batch after 3–4 weeks for later flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDaisy Tricolor usually begins flowering around 10–14 weeks after sowing. Blooming remains strongest during sunny, mild weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove faded flowers regularly to encourage later buds. For indoor arrangements, cut stems when the flowers have opened and place them immediately in clean water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Daisy Tricolor, Tricolor Daisy, Painted Daisy, Tricoloured Chrysanthemum, Annual Chrysanthemum, Tricoloured Ox-eye Daisy, Ismelia carinata (syn. Chrysanthemum carinatum)\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877847916766,"sku":"Tricolor daisy","price":80.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Chrysanthemum-Single-mixed-e1725280244724.jpg?v=1786977151"},{"product_id":"rosemary-seeds","title":"Rosemary – 15+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRosemary is a fragrant perennial herb with narrow, needle-like leaves and a strong pine-like aroma. Its fresh or dried leaves can be used with roasted vegetables, potatoes, breads, marinades, soups and grilled dishes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis sun-loving herb grows well in pots and home gardens with fast-draining soil. Established plants tolerate dry conditions better than constantly wet soil, making careful watering and drainage especially important.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFragrant leaves for fresh or dried use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for sunny balconies, patios and rooftops\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGrows well in containers with good drainage\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDevelops into a woody perennial herb\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAttractive evergreen-style foliage\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach packet contains 15+ seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRosemary seeds naturally germinate more slowly and less evenly than many common herbs. Give the seeds warmth, light moisture and enough time before assuming they have failed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGrowing Guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDetail\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRecommendation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBest sowing time\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSeptember to November or February to March\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGermination time\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUsually 14–30 days, sometimes longer\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSurface sow or cover very lightly\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGermination temperature\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApproximately 20–25°C\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSunlight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e6–8 hours of direct sunlight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePot size\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStart small, then move one plant into a 10–14 inch pot\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlant spacing\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApproximately 18–24 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMature height\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCommonly 2–4 feet with suitable care\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlant type\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerennial herb in suitable conditions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow during the September to November window or start seeds again from February to March. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October into December after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col start=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFill a seed tray or small pots with a light, clean seed-starting mixture.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlace the seeds on the surface and press them gently into the mixture.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCover them only very lightly. Do not bury too deep.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMist gently and keep the mixture lightly moist, not soaked.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlace the tray in a bright, warm location and allow 14–30 days or longer for germination.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRosemary seedlings are small and slow-growing at first. Move them into individual pots after they have developed several true leaves and can be handled without damaging the roots.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBest Soil\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRosemary needs soil that drains quickly and allows air around the roots. Heavy garden soil can remain wet for too long when used alone in a pot.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMix garden soil with a suitable \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/potting-mediums\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003epotting medium\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan\u003e to improve drainage. A small amount of \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-organic-fertilizer\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003evermicompost\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan\u003e may be added, but avoid making the mixture excessively rich or moisture-retentive.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlways use a pot with open drainage holes. Do not leave the pot standing in collected water after watering or rain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProvide at least 6 hours of direct sunlight.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAllow the upper soil layer to begin drying before watering again.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWater around the soil instead of repeatedly wetting the leaves.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncrease the pot size gradually as the roots develop.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKeep enough space around the plant for airflow.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProtect young seedlings from intense afternoon heat.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRemove dry, weak or damaged stems when needed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAvoid excessive fertilizer and constantly wet soil.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA light application of balanced plant food may be given during active growth. Rosemary usually needs less feeding than fast-growing leafy herbs. Excessive nitrogen can create soft growth with weaker aroma.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHarvesting Leaves\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWait until the plant has developed several healthy branches before beginning regular cutting. Snip the soft tips or short sections of mature stems with clean scissors.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAvoid removing more than one-third of the plant at one time. Regular light trimming encourages branching while leaving enough foliage for continued growth.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFresh leaves can be used immediately. For drying, tie small stem bundles and hang them in a shaded, airy place. Store completely dried leaves in an airtight container away from heat and direct sunlight.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLocal Tips\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUse a spray bottle during germination to avoid displacing the small seeds.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGive seedlings morning sunlight before gradually introducing stronger sun.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTerracotta pots can help the soil dry more evenly in humid conditions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRaise outdoor pots slightly during heavy rain so water can leave freely.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFAQs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy are my rosemary seeds not germinating?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRosemary seeds germinate slowly and may emerge at different times. Cold conditions, deeply buried seeds and constantly wet soil can delay or prevent germination. Keep the tray warm, cover the seeds very lightly and allow at least four weeks before discarding it.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIs this a rosemary plant or a seed packet?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis product contains 15+ rosemary seeds. It is not a live rosemary plant. The seeds need to be sown and allowed time to germinate before seedlings develop.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCan rosemary grow in Karachi?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes, but begin during the milder months, preferably from October into December. Use fast-draining soil, provide morning or winter sunlight and protect young plants from extreme afternoon heat.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy are my rosemary leaves turning black?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBlackening leaves commonly indicate excessive moisture, poor drainage or root stress. Check that the pot has open drainage holes and allow the upper soil layer to begin drying before watering again.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCan a rosemary plant live for several years?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRosemary is a perennial herb and can live for several years in suitable conditions. Its long-term health depends mainly on strong sunlight, careful watering, airflow and soil that drains quickly.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rosemary, Rozmari (روزمیری), Akleel-e-Kohistani (اکلیل کوہستانی)\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877848047838,"sku":null,"price":150.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Rosemary-Seeds.jpg?v=1787383578"},{"product_id":"lavender-seeds","title":"Lavender – 20+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eLavender develops into a compact, woody plant with narrow grey-green leaves and upright spikes of purple flowers. Both the leaves and flowers release their familiar fragrance when touched. It suits sunny pots, herb gardens, borders and pathways where its scent can be enjoyed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNative from northeastern Spain through France to Italy, Lavender grows naturally in sunny places with dry, stony soil. It can live for several years when protected from standing water, excessive humidity and prolonged monsoon rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFragrant Growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e The leaves and flowers release a fresh herbal scent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePollinator Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flowering spikes attract bees and other beneficial insects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for Drying:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut stems retain much of their fragrance after drying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong-Lived Plant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Healthy plants can continue growing for several years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 14–28 days, sometimes longer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 18–21°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e One plant in a 12–16-inch-wide pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 18–24 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 12–24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpread:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 18–30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, sandy and freely draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from October to November, or start protected trays from late January to February. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from November to January after severe heat and humidity have eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, start seeds under protection from February to April and transplant after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLavender germination can be slow and uneven. If untreated seeds fail repeatedly, sealing them in a small amount of damp seed-starting mix and refrigerating them for 2–4 weeks may improve germination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a tray or small pots with fine seed-starting mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds over the surface and press them gently into place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarely cover them with fine mix, no deeper than ⅛ inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist gently and keep the tray covered until seedlings begin appearing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove individual seedlings into small pots once they are large enough to handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the mix lightly moist while seedlings are developing. After transplanting, allow the upper soil to dry noticeably before watering deeply. Established Lavender handles short dry periods better than constantly wet soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLavender needs little fertilizer. A small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e can be mixed into poor potting soil before transplanting, but repeated heavy feeding may produce soft leaves with fewer flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWet soil and poor airflow can cause root rot or leaf spotting. Remove damaged growth and improve drainage immediately if the lower leaves begin blackening. Aphids and spittlebugs may occasionally gather on tender stems and can usually be removed with water or treated with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e before flowering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a pot with several large drainage holes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaise containers slightly so rainwater can escape freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelter plants during prolonged monsoon rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid placing Lavender beside plants that need frequent watering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive rooftop plants airflow while protecting them from strong wind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLavender generally remains healthier for longer in cooler, less humid areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering and Harvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed-grown Lavender develops slowly. Some plants may produce a few flower spikes during their first year, while a fuller display commonly appears after the plants have become established.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor drying, cut the stems when the first flowers on each spike begin opening. Harvest during the morning after the dew has dried, tie the stems into small bunches and hang them upside down in a shaded, airy place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter flowering, remove the spent stalks together with about one inch of leafy growth. Do not cut into bare, leafless wood because old stems may not produce fresh shoots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow more Lavender from cuttings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Take a healthy side shoot without flowers, remove its lower leaves and insert it into a small pot of freely draining mix. A cutting produces a new plant with the same flower colour, fragrance and growth habit as its parent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I collect seeds from my Lavender plant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Leave a few flower spikes until they become dry and brown. Cut them into a paper bag and rub the flower heads gently to release the tiny seeds. Plants grown from saved seeds may differ slightly from the parent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich herbs can share a large container with Lavender?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRosemary, thyme, sage and oregano are suitable companions because they also prefer strong sunlight and less frequent watering. Avoid growing Lavender in the same pot as mint, basil or coriander because these herbs generally need more moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan an established Lavender plant be moved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Move it during mild weather before new growth becomes strong. Lift as much of the root ball as possible, replant it immediately and water once to settle the soil. Avoid moving mature plants during extreme heat or prolonged rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lavender, Common Lavender, English Lavender, Garden Lavender, Narrow-Leaved Lavender, Lavandula angustifolia, Ustukhu Doos, گل اسطخو دوس\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877848080606,"sku":"True Lavender","price":150.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/lavender-fragrant-flower-seeds-pakistan-moji-mall.jpg?v=1788024577"},{"product_id":"broccoli-f1-hybrid-seeds","title":"Broccoli (بروکلی) – F1 Hybrid 20+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBroccoli (بروکلی) is a \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ecool-season vegetable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e that produces firm green heads with tender edible stems and side shoots. It grows best in full sunlight, fertile well-drained soil, and regular moisture. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for garden beds or \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10–12-inch pots\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, broccoli is ideal for winter home gardening and can be used in soups, stir-fries, salads, pasta, and everyday cooking. After the main head is harvested, the plant may continue producing smaller side shoots in good growing conditions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Gardeners Choose It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrows best in 15–25°C cool weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduces tight, green heads full of nutrition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks in garden beds or large 12–14 inch pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Grow Broccoli from Seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e September to November (ideal range 15–25°C)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Grow:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden beds with full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge pots or grow bags (12–14 inch depth)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteps:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix 2 parts soil + 1 part \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-organic-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow seeds 0.5–1 cm deep in moist soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGerminates in 5–8 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant when 3–4 inches tall (if starting in trays)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep well-spaced for proper head formation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFertilizer \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Prep:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add vermicompost during bed or pot preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvery 2 Weeks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-20-20-20-fertilizer-for-plants\"\u003eNPK 20-20-20\u003c\/a\u003e until heads begin to form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnce Budding Starts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Switch to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/potash-fertilizer-imported\"\u003ePotash (SOP)\u003c\/a\u003e for tighter heads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e to control aphids or caterpillars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTips from Local Gardeners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroccoli needs space — don’t crowd plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse light shade net if sun is too strong in early season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest heads before yellow flowers open\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter cutting the main head, small side shoots may grow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does my broccoli plant form leaves but no head?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is often caused by temperature stress, poor spacing, or overfeeding with nitrogen. Make sure plants are spaced well, avoid hot spells, and switch to potash when buds begin forming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to soak broccoli seeds before sowing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Sow them directly in moist soil at 0.5–1 cm depth. They sprout easily within a week under cool temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan broccoli regrow after harvesting the main head?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — once you cut the central head, smaller side shoots often develop and can be harvested for a few more weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy do broccoli heads open into yellow flowers quickly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis happens when the crop matures in warm weather or isn’t harvested in time. Cut the head as soon as it looks full and tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broccoli, Green Broccoli, Calabrese, بروکلی, ہری گوبھی, Broccoli, Hari Gobhi.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877848113374,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/broccoli_plants.jpg?v=1787651703"},{"product_id":"verbena-hybrida-mix-seeds","title":"Verbena Hybrida Mix – 35+Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eVerbena Mix forms spreading cushions covered with rounded clusters of small, star-shaped flowers. A packet may produce shades of pink, purple, red, violet and white, including flowers with contrasting centres. Its low, branching growth looks attractive in pots, hanging baskets, window boxes and along sunny borders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarden Verbena was developed from several species native to South America. It grows best during cool to mild weather in Pakistan, then continues flowering into spring while temperatures remain comfortable. The colourful clusters also attract butterflies, bees and other visiting insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e One packet produces flower clusters in several bright shades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpreading Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Branching stems fill pot edges and open spaces in flower beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plants flower repeatedly when faded clusters are removed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePollinator Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The small flowers attract butterflies and bees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 14–28 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 18–22°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 10–12-inch-wide pot or larger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 10–12 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 8–12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpread:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 12–18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, moderately fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November, or again from late January to February. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Verbena in a seedling tray or small pots. Germination can be gradual, so keep the conditions steady while waiting for seedlings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the tray or pots with fine, moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds thinly and press them gently into the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover them with around ⅛ inch of fine mix because darkness can aid germination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the mix lightly moist at 18–22°C until seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant after 3–4 true leaves develop, leaving 10–12 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater when the upper layer of soil begins to dry. Verbena handles short dry periods after becoming established, but young plants need fairly even moisture. Avoid soggy soil and water near the base so the dense foliage remains dry overnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the final soil before transplanting. Once flowering begins, apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/flowers-fertilizer\"\u003eFlower Fertilizer\u003c\/a\u003e as directed. Avoid heavy feeding because excess nitrogen can produce soft leaves with fewer flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf aphids, whiteflies or spider mites appear, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the affected foliage during the evening. Avoid spraying open flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not discard the tray if some seeds germinate later than others.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive plants full winter sun for compact, flowering growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrim long stems lightly to maintain a fuller shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave space for airflow during foggy and humid weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants usually begin flowering around 10–14 weeks after sowing. The small flowers open together in rounded clusters, creating patches of colour above the spreading foliage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove faded clusters before they develop seeds to encourage new buds. If growth becomes long or untidy, trim the stems lightly. Fresh branches and flowers can appear while the weather remains suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy did only some seeds germinate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerbena seeds can germinate unevenly, with some seedlings appearing much later than others. Keep the tray at a steady temperature and lightly moist for at least four weeks before deciding that germination has finished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat causes white powder on the leaves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is likely powdery mildew, which develops more easily when plants are crowded or the foliage remains damp. Remove affected leaves, improve airflow and avoid wetting the plant late in the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verbena Mix, Garden Verbena, Hybrid Verbena, Florist’s Verbena, Vervain\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877848146142,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Verbena-Mixed-flowers-plant.jpg?v=1786936688"},{"product_id":"garlic-chives-seeds","title":"Garlic Chives – 30+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eGarlic Chives, also called Chinese Chives or Chinese Leek, is a clump-forming perennial herb with long, flat green leaves and white star-shaped flowers. The leaves have a mild garlic flavour and can be used in eggs, soups, stir-fries, dumplings, salads and sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNative to the Himalayan region and China, garlic chives have long been used in East Asian cooking. Unlike common chives, their leaves are flat rather than hollow. Established plants form fuller clumps and return for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMild Flavour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds a fresh garlic taste without being too strong.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepeated Picking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut leaves grow again for several harvests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong-Lived Herb:\u003c\/strong\u003e Established clumps can return for several years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdible Flowers:\u003c\/strong\u003e White flowers can be added to salads and other dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for balconies, rooftops and small gardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 7–15 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 15–25°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 10–12-inch pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 8–12 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 18–24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSowing note:\u003c\/strong\u003e In Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November, or again from February to March. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to February while the weather remains mild. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April, after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a tray, small pot or final container with moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake shallow rows around ¼ inch deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds thinly along the rows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover them lightly with the mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater the surface with a gentle spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the mix lightly moist in a bright location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin crowded seedlings after they appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant tray-grown seedlings once they have 3–4 leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the soil lightly moist while the young plants are becoming established. After that, water when the upper layer of the potting mix begins to dry. Cut the leaves regularly to encourage fresh growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the potting mix before sowing. Garlic chives naturally have few pest problems. If onion thrips or aphids appear, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the affected leaves, including their undersides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect young seedlings from strong watering and heavy rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide afternoon shade during extreme summer heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove faded flower heads before seeds mature to prevent unwanted spreading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDivide crowded clumps around every three years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the potting mix from drying completely after harvesting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin light harvesting once the leaves are around 6–8 inches tall. Cut them about 1–2 inches above the soil with clean scissors. Fresh leaves will grow again for another harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the leaves fresh for their best flavour. Add them near the end of cooking because prolonged heat weakens their garlic taste. Extra leaves can be chopped and frozen. The white flowers can be picked shortly after opening and used fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are my garlic chives thin during the first year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants grown from seed begin as small clumps and become fuller over time. Give them strong light, regular watering and enough space to develop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy have my garlic chives not produced flowers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed-grown plants may not flower during their first year. Established clumps are more likely to flower after developing stronger roots and receiving sufficient sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan garlic chives replace garlic cloves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can provide a mild garlic flavour, but they are not as strong as garlic cloves. Use them when you want a fresher and lighter garlic taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill garlic chives survive winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They are perennial plants. The leaves may die back during very cold weather, but established roots can produce new growth when warmer weather returns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic Chives, Chinese Chives, Chinese Leek, Asian Chives, Oriental Chives, Gow Choy, Nira, Buchu\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877848178910,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Garlic-Chives.jpg?v=1787316638"},{"product_id":"mint-seeds","title":"Mint (Spearmint) – Approx. 80–100 Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eSpearmint is a spreading perennial herb with pointed, bright green leaves and a sweet, fresh mint flavour. Use the leaves in chutney, raita, lemonade, tea, salads, sauces, drinks, rice dishes and marinades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is native from Europe eastward to China, with its natural range including Pakistan and the western Himalayas. It grows through underground stems and can gradually fill a pot or spread through a garden bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMild Flavour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, fresh mint taste without excessive sharpness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEveryday Uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for chutney, raita, drinks, tea and cooked meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepeated Picking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regular trimming provides fresh leaves for many months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerennial Growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Established plants can return for several years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to keep near the kitchen in a separate container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 7–14 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 18–24°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 4–6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A wide 12–14-inch pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 18 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 12–24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from February to April or from September to November. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to February during milder weather. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after severe frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a seed tray or small pot with fine, moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScatter the tiny seeds thinly over the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress gently and cover with a very thin layer of the mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist the surface, cover with clear plastic and keep in bright, indirect light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the cover after seedlings appear and transplant when they have 3–4 true leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the soil evenly moist without leaving it waterlogged. Container-grown Spearmint may need more frequent watering during hot weather because its leafy growth uses water quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePinch the growing tips regularly to encourage more branches. Remove flower spikes early if you want the plant to continue producing plenty of tender leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a little mature compost into the potting mix before transplanting. If growth becomes weak after repeated harvesting, add another small amount around the edge of the pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the new growth for aphids, whiteflies and spider mites. Remove badly damaged leaves and spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on affected leaves, including their undersides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrow Spearmint in a separate pot to control its spreading roots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide afternoon shade during extreme summer heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not allow the potting mix to dry completely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrim regularly before the stems become long and untidy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDivide or repot the plant when roots fill the container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin light harvesting when the plant is around 6–8 inches tall and has several healthy stems. Cut the leafy tips just above a pair of leaves so the remaining stems can develop new branches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake no more than one-third of the plant at one time. Use the leaves fresh for their strongest flavour. Extra leaves can be dried in a shaded, airy place or chopped and frozen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Spearmint the same as Peppermint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Spearmint has a sweeter, milder taste. Peppermint has a stronger flavour and a more noticeable cooling effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Spearmint return after winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Spearmint is a perennial. Frost may damage the leaves and stems, but established roots can survive and produce new growth when the weather becomes warmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are orange or brown spots appearing on the leaves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may be signs of mint rust or leaf spot. Remove badly affected leaves, improve airflow and avoid leaving the foliage wet overnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does my Spearmint have a weak smell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeak sunlight, excessive feeding or old untrimmed stems can reduce the fragrance. Move the plant to a brighter location and trim it regularly to encourage fresh leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spearmint, Garden Mint, Green Mint, Pudina, پودینہ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877848375518,"sku":null,"price":150.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/mint-seeds-plant.jpg?v=1726020553"},{"product_id":"celery-seeds","title":"Celery (سیلری  کے بیج) – 100+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCelery Seeds, also known as Ajmod or Karafs, produce upright plants with crisp green stalks and aromatic leaves. Fresh celery can be added to salads, soups, stocks, stir-fries, juices and savoury dishes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCelery grows best during cool, mild weather and needs steady moisture throughout its growth. It can be grown in garden beds or large pots, making it suitable for balconies, rooftops and home vegetable gardens.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCrisp Stalks:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Fresh crunch for salads, snacks and juices.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUseful Leaves:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Adds celery flavour to soups, stocks and sauces.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eContainer Friendly:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e One plant can grow comfortably in a large pot.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCool-Season Choice:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Grows well during mild winter weather.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGermination:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Usually 9–21 days\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Around 15–25°C\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e At least 5–6 hours\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePot size:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e At least 12 inches wide and deep\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e About 9–12 inches between plants\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Usually around 18–24 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSoil:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Rich, moisture-retentive and well-draining potting mix\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSowing note:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e In Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to October. In Karachi and Southern Punjab, sow from October to November after the summer heat eases. In colder northern and hilly areas, start seeds under cover in February or March and transplant after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col start=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFill a seedling tray or small pot with fine, moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eScatter the tiny seeds thinly across the surface.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePress them gently into the mix and leave them uncovered.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMist carefully and cover the tray with a clear lid or plastic cover.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKeep the tray in a bright place at around 15–20°C.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOpen the cover daily for airflow and keep the surface from drying out.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRemove the cover after germination and provide plenty of light.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTransplant the seedlings into their final pots once they have 3–4 true leaves.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCelery germination can be slow and uneven, so do not discard the tray too early.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003eKeep the potting mix evenly moist throughout growth. Celery has a small root system, and dry soil can lead to tough, stringy or strongly flavoured stalks. Check container plants regularly, especially during warm or windy weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-organic-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the potting mix before transplanting. Container plants can be given half-strength \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-20-20-20-fertilizer\"\u003eNPK 20-20-20\u003c\/a\u003e every 2–3 weeks during active growth. If aphids or other soft-bodied pests appear, apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e according to its directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdd a thin layer of mulch around established plants.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKeep the central growing point above the soil when transplanting.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWater early in the day during cool weather.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRemove nearby weeds by hand to avoid damaging the roots.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProtect young plants from sudden frost.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMove pots into afternoon shade when the weather becomes warm.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBegin harvesting when the outer stalks are about 12 inches long and have developed a firm, crisp texture. Cut the outer stalks close to the base while leaving the centre of the plant to continue growing.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe entire plant can also be cut at soil level once it has formed a full bunch. Harvest during cool weather when possible, as the stalks are usually more tender and less bitter.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFAQs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIs celery the same as Ajwain?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo. Celery and Ajwain are different plants. Celery is also called Ajmod or Karafs, while Ajwain has a sharper flavour and belongs to a different plant species.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDo celery seeds need soaking?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSoaking is optional, but it can help with slow or uneven germination. Soak the seeds in clean water overnight, drain them and sow them immediately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy does celery sometimes flower too early?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYoung celery exposed to prolonged cold can begin flowering before forming thick stalks. Keep seedlings protected and avoid moving them outdoors while nights are still severely cold.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Celery, Stalk Celery, Ajmod, Karafs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877848408286,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Celery.jpg?v=1787316642"},{"product_id":"dahlia-dwarf-mixed-seeds","title":"Dahlia (Mixed) 20+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDahlia Mixed\u003c\/strong\u003e produces mix of single and\u003cstrong\u003e double blooms\u003c\/strong\u003e in \u003cstrong\u003ebright colors\u003c\/strong\u003e that last \u003cstrong\u003efor weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e. It thrives in \u003cstrong\u003emild to warm weather\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003efull sunlight\u003c\/strong\u003e, and grows well in \u003cstrong\u003e10-12 inch pots\u003c\/strong\u003e, borders, or flower beds. Perfect for \u003cstrong\u003ecolorful garden displays\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003eeasy maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e💐 Growing Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSowing:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSetup:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUse a seed-starting tray or small pots with seed-starting mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSow:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSow seeds 1\/4 inch (6 mm) deep and 1 inch (2.5 cm) apart in the seed tray, covering them with seed-starting mix. Provide bright light once seedlings emerge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransplant:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eMove seedlings to separate pots when they have 2-3 true leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep soil moist but not soggy. Water gently to avoid disturbing seeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eProvide as much direct sunlight as possible for optimal growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use neem oil for pest control when pests are detected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remove old flowers to encourage more blooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877851095262,"sku":"[more green]","price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/12a22dc93d089326c22c822fd66ce942.jpg?v=1786977157"},{"product_id":"larkspur-seeds","title":"Larkspur (گل نا فرمان) – 50+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eLarkspur produces tall, branching spikes covered with delicate flowers in blue, purple, pink and white. Each plant normally flowers in one colour, so several plants grown together create the complete mixed display. Its fine, feathery leaves add height without making pots or flower beds look crowded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarkspur grows naturally from southern Europe through western Asia to the western Himalayas, including parts of Pakistan. It develops best during cool weather and completes its growth and flowering within one season, usually blooming before strong spring heat arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall Spikes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright flower stems add height behind shorter winter flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Several plants create a blend of blue, purple, pink and white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh or Dried:\u003c\/strong\u003e Long stems are suitable for vases and dried arrangements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCool-Season Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flowers during late winter and spring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 14–21 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 10–18°C during germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–12-inch-wide and deep pot or larger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 6–10 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 24–40 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSowing note:\u003c\/strong\u003e In Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from October to November. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from November to January after the soil and nights have become cooler. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarkspur is easiest to sow directly in its final pot or flower bed because its long roots do not respond well to transplanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the final container or prepared bed with fine, moist and well-draining mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake shallow rows or planting holes around ¼ inch deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds thinly along the rows rather than leaving them crowded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover them evenly with mix because darkness supports germination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater the surface gently using a fine spray and keep it lightly moist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin after 2–3 true leaves appear, leaving 6–10 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater when the upper layer of the mix begins to dry. Keep young plants evenly moist while their roots become established, but never leave the soil waterlogged. Water near the soil early in the day so the leaves remain dry overnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the soil before sowing. Larkspur needs only light feeding. Too much fertilizer can produce excessive leaves and soft stems that lean easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTall stems may need slim stakes in exposed gardens or rooftop pots. If aphids gather around the tender tips and buds, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the affected leaves and stems, avoiding open flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the sown rows so they are not disturbed before seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect newly sown pots from strong watering and heavy rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport young stems before they become tall enough to bend in strong winds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive plants full winter sun, then light afternoon shade as spring becomes warmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants usually begin flowering around 3–4 months after sowing. Autumn-sown plants in the plains generally bloom from late winter into spring. The flowers open gradually from the bottom of each spike upward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove faded spikes to encourage smaller side stems while the weather remains cool. For vases, cut stems when the lower third of the flowers has opened. For drying, wait until most flowers are open, then hang the stems upside down in a shaded, airy place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy have my Larkspur seeds not germinated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm soil can delay or prevent germination. Larkspur seeds need cool conditions, steady moisture and proper covering. If the weather remains warm, refrigerate the dry seeds in a sealed packet for 7–14 days before sowing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Larkspur, Annual Larkspur, Garden Larkspur, Rocket Larkspur, Gul-e-Nafarman, Delphinium, گل نا فرمان\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877851160798,"sku":"Larkspur Mixed","price":99.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/LarkspurFlowers-Seeds.png?v=1786977163"},{"product_id":"calendula-seeds","title":"Calendula (گل اشرفی) – 25+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eCalendula produces bright, daisy-like flowers, usually in shades of yellow, gold and orange. Its bushy growth brings warm colour to winter pots, borders and flower beds. The blooms can also be cut for small arrangements and attract bees and other pollinating insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNative to the western Mediterranean, Calendula grows best during cool, mild weather. In Pakistan, it develops through winter and continues flowering into spring until the weather becomes too warm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm Colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright flowers add yellow, gold and orange tones to the garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Growing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plants establish easily and begin flowering fairly quickly from seed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat Blooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e New buds continue developing while the weather remains cool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePollinator Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Open flowers attract bees and other beneficial insects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 5–15 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 16–21°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e One plant in a 8–12-inch pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 8–12 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 12–24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlower size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 2–3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, moderately fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSowing note:\u003c\/strong\u003e In Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November, or again from late January to February. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to January once the weather becomes mild. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April, after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCalendula grows easily from direct sowing and can be planted in its final pot or flower bed. Cover the seeds because darkness helps germination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the final pot or prepare the bed with fine, moist soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the seeds 1–2 inches apart and around ¼ inch deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover the seeds evenly and press the surface down very lightly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater the soil gently using a fine spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the soil lightly moist until the seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt 2–3 true leaves, thin seedlings to 8–12 inches apart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater when the upper layer of soil begins to dry. Keep young plants evenly moist, but never allow the pot to remain waterlogged. Established plants can handle short dry periods, although regular watering encourages steadier flowering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the soil before sowing. Calendula needs only light feeding because excess fertilizer can produce more leaves and fewer flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the tender growth for aphids and whiteflies. If they appear, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the affected leaves, including their undersides, while avoiding open flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect freshly sown pots from strong watering and heavy rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive full winter sun and light afternoon shade as spring becomes warmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave enough space between plants to improve airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck young seedlings after damp nights for slugs and snails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCalendula often begins flowering around 6–8 weeks after sowing in suitable cool weather. Flowering may slow as strong spring heat arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove faded flowers regularly to keep the plant neat and encourage more buds. Leave a few healthy flower heads to dry fully if you want to collect the curved seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Calendula, Pot Marigold, English Marigold, Scotch Marigold, گل اشرفی\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877851226334,"sku":null,"price":99.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/calendula-pot-marigold-flower-seeds-pakistan-moji-mall.jpg?v=1786981169"},{"product_id":"pansy-mix-seeds","title":"Pansy (گل بنفشہ) Mix – 30+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003ePansy Swiss Giants Mix forms compact, rounded plants with large, velvety flowers in purple, blue, yellow, orange, red and white. Blooms may be single-coloured, bicoloured or marked with dark centres that resemble small faces. Their low growth looks attractive in pots, window boxes, front borders and grouped winter planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe modern Garden Pansy was developed in Europe from several wild Viola species. Swiss Giants are known for producing large flowers while remaining short and neat. In Pakistan, they grow best during winter and early spring, when the weather is cool and mild.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Flowers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broad, velvety petals create a noticeable display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Patterns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blooms may be clear, bicoloured or face-marked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Short plants fit easily into pots and front borders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinter Colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flowers brighten gardens throughout the cooler months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 10–20 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 15–20°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 4–6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–12-inch-wide pot or larger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 8–10 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 6–10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlower size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 2–4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November, or again from late January to February for spring flowers. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December once the strongest heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, start seeds in protected trays from February to April and move the seedlings outside after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePansy seeds germinate best when lightly covered and kept dark until they sprout. Start them in a tray or small pots where moisture is easier to manage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the tray or pots with fine, moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds thinly and cover with around ⅛ inch of mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater the surface gently using a fine spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with dark paper and keep the mix lightly moist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the cover as soon as the seedlings begin appearing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt 4–6 true leaves, transplant them 8–10 inches apart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater when the surface of the mix begins to dry. Pansies prefer fairly even moisture, but constantly wet soil can damage the roots. Water near the soil during the morning and avoid leaving the flowers wet overnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the final potting mix before transplanting. Add another small amount after 4–6 weeks only if growth becomes pale or slow. Heavy feeding can produce soft leaves with fewer flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf aphids or spider mites appear, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the affected leaves while avoiding open flowers. Remove slugs and snails by hand if they begin damaging young growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep germinating trays away from hot rooftop floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove seedlings outdoors gradually over several days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide afternoon shade as spring becomes warmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove fallen petals and yellow leaves after rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed-grown pansies usually begin flowering around 10–14 weeks after sowing. Cool, bright conditions help the flowers remain large and colourful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove each faded flower together with its short stem before a seedpod forms. This keeps the plant tidy and encourages later buds. Flowering naturally slows when late spring becomes hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a Pansy the same as a Viola?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePansies belong to the Viola group. Garden pansies usually have larger, rounder flowers, while plants sold simply as violas generally produce smaller flowers in greater numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Pansies survive frost?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstablished plants can tolerate light frost and may recover after temporarily drooping. Protect potted plants from prolonged hard frost and freezing wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I save seeds from Pansy Mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Allow a few seedpods to mature and collect them before they split open. New plants may differ in colour, markings and flower size because this is a mixed selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pansy Swiss Giants Mix, Pansy Giant Mix, Garden Pansy, Pansy, گل بنفشہ\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877851259102,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/pansymix.jpg?v=1786977167"},{"product_id":"hollyhock-mix-seeds","title":"Hollyhock Mix (گل خیرا) – 30+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eHollyhock Single Mix produces tall flower spikes lined with large, open blooms in shades of pink, red, yellow, cream and deep burgundy. Each flower has one broad row of petals around a visible centre, creating a lighter and more natural appearance than double Hollyhocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHollyhock is an old cultivated flower linked botanically to Türkiye and western Asia. It grows best during cool to mild weather and creates an impressive display beside fences, along walls and at the back of flower beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright flower spikes add height behind shorter plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e One packet may produce several soft and deep shades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen Flowers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Visible centres make pollen and nectar easier for bees to reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Buds open gradually from the bottom of each spike upwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 10–21 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 18–24°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12–18-inch-wide and deep pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 18–24 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 5–7 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlower size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 3–5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, moist and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore and Faisalabad, sow from September to November. In Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to October with protection during severe frost, or again from late February to March. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHollyhock develops a deep main root, so sow directly where the plants will remain or use individual pots for an early transplant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill individual pots or prepare the final bed with fine, moist soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow one or two seeds per pot, or place them thinly along the bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the seeds gently and cover them with around ⅛ inch of soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater the surface gently using a fine spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the soil lightly moist in a bright location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt 3–4 true leaves, thin or transplant seedlings 18–24 inches apart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater regularly while the young plants are becoming established. Once they are stronger, water when the upper soil begins to dry. Apply water near the base because repeatedly wet leaves can encourage fungal problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the final soil before sowing or transplanting. Further feeding is usually unnecessary in reasonably fertile soil. Heavy feeding can produce soft growth that bends easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHollyhock rust may cause yellow or orange spots above the leaves and brown powdery marks underneath. Remove affected lower leaves and clear fallen plant material. If aphids or spider mites appear, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the affected foliage while avoiding open flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect new seedlings from strong watering and heavy rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall a stake before the main flower spike becomes tall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrow one plant in each large, heavy container for better balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave space beside walls so air can move around the leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants started in early autumn may flower from late spring into early summer. Traditional Hollyhocks are often biennial, so some plants may form only a leafy base during their first season and flower during the next suitable season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlowers open gradually from the lower part of the spike towards the top. Remove faded individual blooms to keep the display neat, then cut the entire stalk near the base after flowering has finished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hollyhock, Common Hollyhock, Gul Khaira, Alcea rosea, گل خیرا\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877851390174,"sku":"Hollyhock Mix","price":120.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/hollyhock_single_mix_variety_seeds_-_flowers_seeds_by_moji_mall_pakistan.jpg?v=1787432116"},{"product_id":"ornamental-pepper-seeds","title":"Ornamental Pepper Flame (سجاوٹی مرچ) – 20+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eOrnamental Pepper forms a compact, branching plant covered with upright, cone-shaped peppers. Purple, cream-yellow, orange and red colours may appear together above dark green to purple-tinted leaves. Small violet flowers add further interest before the colourful display develops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e is native from southern North America through tropical America, while its cultivated forms were domesticated in Mexico. Ornamental selections have been developed for compact growth, dense branching and peppers that remain clearly visible above the foliage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple, cream-yellow, orange and red may appear on one plant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpright Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The colourful peppers stand above the foliage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bushy plants suit pots, balconies and front borders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong-Lasting Colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mature peppers remain decorative for several weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 7–18 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 22–28°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6–8 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e One plant in a 10–12-inch-wide pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 10–14 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 10–20 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpread:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 10–16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Often around 1–2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, evenly moist and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from February to April, or again from late July to August for an autumn display. In Karachi and other frost-free coastal areas, sow from January to March or August to October. In southern Punjab, sow from February to March, or again from August to September after the strongest heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to May after severe cold has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a seed tray or small pots with fine, moist seed-starting mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow one seed in each cell or place the seeds thinly in the tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarely cover them with around ⅛–¼ inch of fine mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist gently and cover the tray until seedlings begin appearing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant carefully at 3–4 true leaves, keeping the roots and surrounding mix together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater when the surface of the soil begins to dry. Keep the moisture fairly even while flowers and peppers are developing, but never leave the pot standing in collected water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf a young plant grows tall with few branches, pinch out its top growing point before flower buds appear. Naturally compact plants may not need pinching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of compost into the final potting mix before transplanting. Once buds begin forming, feed lightly with a flowering fertilizer every 3–4 weeks. Excessive nitrogen can produce many leaves with fewer colourful peppers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the tender growth for aphids, whiteflies and spider mites. If they appear, apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e to the affected leaves while avoiding open flowers. Remove spotted or badly damaged leaves and maintain airflow around the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroduce tray-grown seedlings to outdoor conditions gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep young plants sheltered during heavy monsoon rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide light afternoon shade on exposed rooftops during severe heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect heavily covered branches from strong wind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid spraying water directly over open flowers.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eColour Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall violet or pale flowers appear before the upright peppers begin developing. A strong coloured display commonly forms around 3–5 months after sowing, depending on the weather and the plants produced by the unnamed seed line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pepper changes colour as it matures, allowing several shades to appear on one plant at the same time. Exact colour order and intensity can vary. Remove peppers once they become soft or shrivelled to keep the plant tidy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtreme heat or cold may cause flowers to drop temporarily. New flowers and peppers can develop when conditions become milder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the seeds not germinating?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCold soil, deep sowing or letting the mix dry can delay germination. Keep the tray warm and lightly moist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the flowers falling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtreme heat, cold or irregular watering can cause flower drop. New peppers usually develop when conditions improve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I save the seeds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Collect seeds from fully mature peppers, dry them well and store them in a paper packet. New plants may show some variation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ornamental Pepper, Ornamental Chilli, Decorative Pepper, Christmas Pepper, Capsicum annuum, آرائشی مرچ\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877851422942,"sku":null,"price":150.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/multicolor-ornamental-pepper-seeds-pakistan-moji-mall.jpg?v=1789088737"},{"product_id":"ice-plant-seeds","title":"Mesembryanthemum (ice Plant) Mix – 100+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eMesembryanthemum forms a low, spreading carpet covered with brightly coloured, daisy-like flowers. Blooms may appear in pink, purple, red, orange, yellow, cream and white, often with contrasting centres. Its small succulent leaves have a naturally sparkling surface that looks especially attractive in sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNative to South Africa, this sun-loving annual grows well in pots, rock gardens, along pathways and near the front of flower beds. It performs best in dry, mild weather and well-draining soil, making it a colourful choice for Pakistan’s winter and spring gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright Colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Daisy-like flowers create a lively multicoloured display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Growing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spreading plants form a neat covering near pot and bed edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSparkling Foliage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Succulent leaves have a naturally glistening appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDryness Tolerant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Established plants handle short dry periods well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 7–14 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 16–20°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e An 8–10-inch-wide pot or larger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 6–8 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 3–6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpread:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 8–12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, sandy and sharply draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from October to November, or again from late January to February. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesembryanthemum can be started in a seedling tray or directly in its final container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the container with fine, moist and free-draining seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix the tiny seeds with a little dry sand and scatter them thinly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the seeds gently against the surface without covering them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist carefully and keep the container bright and lightly moist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin or transplant established seedlings, leaving 6–8 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep young seedlings lightly moist without saturating the soil. Once established, allow the upper layer of the mix to dry before watering again. Its succulent growth stores some moisture and can rot quickly if the soil remains wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix only a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the soil before sowing. Mesembryanthemum does not need heavy feeding, and overly rich soil can encourage untidy growth. If aphids appear on tender stems, apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e to the affected areas while avoiding open flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse containers with clear drainage holes and no standing water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive plants open sunlight for compact growth and better flowering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelter pots from prolonged rain during wet weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid heavy garden soil and excessive fertilizer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants usually begin flowering around 12–16 weeks after sowing. The colourful blooms continue appearing while conditions remain sunny and mild.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove dry flowers and untidy stems to maintain a neat display. Water less frequently if growth becomes soft or the weather remains cloudy and cool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do the flowers close during cloudy weather?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesembryanthemum flowers respond to strong sunlight. They may remain closed during cloudy conditions, open later in the day or close again toward evening. This is natural and does not indicate poor plant health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do the leaves look wet or covered with crystals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sparkling surface is a natural feature of the plant’s succulent leaves. Tiny transparent cells reflect sunlight and can resemble water droplets or ice crystals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Mesembryanthemum return next season?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is generally grown as an annual. Mature plants may release seeds and produce new seedlings when the soil remains open and well drained, although flower colours may vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mesembryanthemum, Livingstone Daisy, Ice Plant, Cleretum bellidiforme\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877851488478,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/ice-plant-mesembryanthemum-mix-flower-seeds-pakistan-moji-mall.jpg?v=1790525831"},{"product_id":"antirrhinum-mix-seeds","title":"Antirrhinum (Snapdragon) Mix – 100+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAntirrhinum Mix, commonly called Snapdragon, produces tall spikes of colourful flowers in shades of pink, red, yellow, orange and white. Each two-lipped bloom resembles a tiny dragon’s mouth. The upright stems add height behind shorter winter flowers and can also be cut for vases.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNative to southwestern Europe, Antirrhinum grows best during cool, mild weather. In Pakistan, it is usually grown through winter and early spring, producing its strongest flower display before the arrival of summer heat. The flowers also attract bumblebees and other visiting insects.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMixed Colours:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e One packet produces flowers in several bright and soft shades.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTall Display:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Upright spikes add height behind lower-growing winter flowers.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLong Flowering:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Each spike opens gradually from the bottom upward.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCut Flowers:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Tall stems are suitable for vases and arrangements.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGermination:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Usually 7–14 days\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Around 16–24°C\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePot size:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 8–12-inch pot or larger\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e About 12–18 inches between plants\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Usually around 24–36 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSoil:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Moist, moderately fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSowing note:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e In Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from late September to November. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, start seeds in protected trays from February to March, then transplant after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStart Antirrhinum in a seedling tray or small pots. The tiny seeds need light to germinate and should remain near the surface.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col start=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFill the tray or pots with fine, moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eScatter the tiny seeds thinly and evenly over the surface.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePress them gently against the mix without covering them.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWater the surface gently using a fine spray.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKeep the mix lightly moist in a bright, cool location.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTransplant after 3–4 true leaves appear, leaving 12–18 inches between plants.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWater when the upper layer of the mix begins to dry. Keep the soil evenly moist while the plants are growing, but never leave the roots waterlogged. Water near the soil early in the day so the leaves remain dry overnight.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMix a small amount of \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan\u003e into the final soil before transplanting. Tall plants may need a slim stake in exposed gardens or rooftop pots. If aphids or thrips gather around the tender tips and buds, spray \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan\u003e on the affected growth, avoiding open flowers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProtect surface-sown seeds from strong watering and heavy rain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGive plants full winter sun, then light afternoon shade as spring becomes warmer.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePinch established plants at 3–4 inches for several shorter flower spikes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLeave enough space for airflow, especially during foggy or humid weather.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFlowering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlants usually begin flowering around 3–4 months after sowing. The flowers open gradually from the bottom of each spike. Once most of a spike has faded, cut it just above healthy leaves to encourage side shoots and later blooms.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor vases, cut the stem when the lower third of the flowers has opened. Place it upright in clean water soon after cutting.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFAQs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat causes yellow spots and brown powder under the leaves?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is likely Snapdragon rust. Remove affected leaves promptly, improve airflow and avoid wetting the leaves, especially late in the day.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWill Antirrhinum return next season?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAntirrhinum is a short-lived perennial but is generally grown as a cool-season annual in Pakistan. Plants may survive or drop seeds in mild areas, but strong summer heat and humidity often prevent them from returning.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Antirrhinum Mix, Snapdragon, Garden Snapdragon, Common Snapdragon, Dog Flower\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877851521246,"sku":null,"price":80.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Antirrhinum-seeds.jpg?v=1786977193"},{"product_id":"french-marigold-seeds","title":"French Marigold (گل جعفری) – 40+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eFrench Marigold produces compact, bushy plants with full, ruffled flowers in yellow, orange, red and bi-colour shades. The bright blooms create a neat display in sunny pots, balcony planters, along pathways and at the front of flower beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNative to Mexico and Guatemala, French Marigold is a fast-growing annual suited to mild and warm weather. In Pakistan, autumn and spring sowings provide comfortable growing conditions while avoiding frost and prolonged extreme heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright Colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Produces yellow, orange, red and bi-colour flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Forms tidy plants that fit easily into smaller spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Flowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regular deadheading keeps fresh buds developing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy From Seed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seeds germinate quickly under suitable warm conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 5–10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 18–24°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–12-inch-wide pot or larger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 8–10 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 6–12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpread:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 6–12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil: F\u003c\/strong\u003eertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSowing note:\u003c\/strong\u003e In Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November, or again from February to March. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to January after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrench Marigold can be started in a seedling tray or sown directly in its final container once the weather is warm enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a seedling tray, small pot or final container with fine, moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake shallow holes around ¼ inch deep, leaving about 1 inch between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace one seed in each hole and cover it completely with the starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater the surface gently with a fine spray to settle the mix around the seeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the mix lightly moist in a warm location with bright light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin or transplant after 2–3 true leaves appear, leaving 8–10 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater when the upper layer of the mix begins to dry. Keep young plants evenly moist while their roots become established. Mature plants can handle short dry periods, but prolonged dryness reduces flowering and soggy soil may damage the roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the soil before sowing or transplanting. French Marigold needs only light feeding. Excess fertilizer can encourage leafy growth with fewer flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the tender tips and leaf undersides for aphids, thrips and spider mites. If they appear, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the affected growth in the evening, avoiding open flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect newly sown trays from strong watering and heavy monsoon rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive plants full sun in mild weather and light afternoon shade during extreme heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePinch the growing tip when plants are 4–6 inches tall to encourage branching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove wet or damaged flower heads promptly during humid weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants usually begin flowering around 8–10 weeks after sowing. New buds continue developing while the plants receive strong sunlight and temperatures remain comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove faded flower heads just above the nearest healthy leaves. This keeps the plants tidy and directs their energy towards fresh buds instead of seed development.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is French Marigold different from African Marigold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrench Marigold stays shorter and produces smaller flowers, often with red or bi-colour patterns. African Marigold grows much taller and generally produces larger, fuller flower heads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs French Marigold the same as Calendula?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. French Marigold is \u003cem\u003eTagetes patula\u003c\/em\u003e, while Calendula is \u003cem\u003eCalendula officinalis\u003c\/em\u003e. They have different foliage, flower forms and seeds, even though both are commonly called marigold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I save French Marigold seeds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Leave a few healthy flower heads until they become completely brown and dry. Pull the heads apart, collect the long dark seeds and store them in a labelled paper envelope. New plants may differ in colour if other marigold varieties were flowering nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e French Marigold, Dwarf Marigold, Spreading Tagetes, Gul Jafri, گل جعفری, Tagetes patula\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877851554014,"sku":null,"price":80.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/FrenchMarigoldbonitamix.jpg?v=1787042697"},{"product_id":"lemon-grass-seeds","title":"Lemon Grass (سبز قہوہ) – 50+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eLemongrass is a warm-season perennial herb used in teas, soups, curries, sauces, marinades and rice dishes. Its leaves and tender stems have a light, refreshing lemon flavour with a mild ginger-like taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNative to tropical Asia, lemongrass has long been used in South and Southeast Asian cooking. It grows quickly during warm weather and can continue growing for several years in warm areas protected from frost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLemon Flavour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Refreshing lemon taste with a mild ginger-like flavour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTea and Cooking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for drinks, soups, curries and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepeated Picking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outer leaves and stems can be harvested as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong-Lived Herb:\u003c\/strong\u003e Established clumps can return for several years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for rooftops, patios and home gardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 7–15 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 20–35°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6–8 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 14–16-inch-wide pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 12–18 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 24–48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSowing note: \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore and Faisalabad, sow from February to April, or again from August to September after heavy monsoon rain has eased. In Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from March to April as the weather becomes warmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from February to April, or again from August to October once the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from April to May, after the risk of frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a tray or small pot with fine, moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScatter the tiny seeds thinly over the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress them gently and cover with a very thin layer of the mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist the surface and cover the tray with clear plastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the tray warm with bright, indirect light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the cover daily and keep the surface lightly moist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the cover once the seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant the seedlings in small clumps when they are 3–4 inches tall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the soil lightly moist while the seedlings are developing. Established plants need regular watering during hot weather, but the roots should not remain waterlogged. Remove dry outer leaves to keep the clump clean and make space for fresh growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the final potting mix. For established potted plants, mix a small amount into the upper soil every 4–6 weeks during active growth. Lemongrass is naturally aromatic and usually has few pest problems. If spider mites appear, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the affected leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bury the seeds too deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect seedlings from strong watering and heavy rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a wide container because established clumps need space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep pots where excess monsoon water can drain easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect the plant from frost in Islamabad and colder areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin harvesting once the clump is growing strongly and the outer stems are around ½ inch thick. Cut individual outer stems close to the soil and leave the younger central growth in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the tough outer layer before using the tender lower stem. It can be sliced or lightly crushed before adding it to soups, curries and sauces. Leaves can be cut for tea, but they are fibrous and should be strained before drinking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are my lemongrass stems remaining thin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYoung plants need time to form a thick clump. Provide full sunlight, regular watering, enough pot space and light feeding during warm weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill lemongrass survive winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can remain green during winter in warm, frost-free areas. Cold weather may turn the leaves brown in Lahore, Islamabad and northern areas, so move potted plants to a protected sunny location before frost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan lemongrass leaves be used for tea?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use fresh or dried leaves, cut them into smaller pieces and strain the drink before serving because the leaves are fibrous.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lemongrass, Lemon Grass, Serai, Sereh, Gavati Chaha, لیمن گراس\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46482645811422,"sku":null,"price":150.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/lemon-grass-plant.jpg?v=1787316650"},{"product_id":"poppy-red-seeds","title":"Poppy Red – 250+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003ePoppy Red produces slender, branching plants topped with vivid scarlet flowers. Each bloom has four broad, crinkled petals with a delicate paper-like texture, often marked with a dark patch near the base. The flowers rise above finely divided, softly hairy leaves and create a striking display in sunny pots, borders and grouped planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Corn Poppy is native from Macaronesia and Europe through the Mediterranean region to the western Himalaya, including parts of Pakistan. Also called Flanders Poppy, its scarlet flower became internationally recognised as a symbol of remembrance after the First World War. It grows as a cool-season annual and flowers best before strong spring heat arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScarlet Flowers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Produces classic bright red blooms with dark centres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePapery Petals:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crinkled petals give each flower a light, delicate appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Several plants together create an attractive field-poppy effect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBee Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The open flower centres provide pollen for visiting bees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 5–21 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 16–21°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 10 inches wide and deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 6–8 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 12–30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlower size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 2–3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, moderately fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November, or again from late January to early February for a shorter spring display. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoppy Red develops a delicate taproot and performs best when sown directly in its final pot or flower bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the final pot or prepare the bed with fine, moist soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix the tiny seeds with a little dry sand and scatter them thinly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the seeds gently and dust with no more than ⅛ inch of fine soil. Do not bury them deeply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater using a fine spray and keep the surface lightly moist until seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt 2–3 true leaves, snip out extra seedlings and leave 6–8 inches between the remaining plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater regularly while the seedlings are small. Once established, water when the upper soil begins to dry. Apply water near the soil during the morning and never leave the container standing in water. Constantly wet soil can damage the taproot and encourage fungal problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants growing in fresh, reasonably fertile soil usually need little additional feeding. If growth becomes pale or weak in an older container mix, apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/flowers-fertilizer\"\u003eFlowers Fertilizer\u003c\/a\u003e lightly according to its directions. Frequent or heavy feeding can produce soft, leafy stems with fewer flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck young plants for slugs and snails. Aphids may gather around tender buds and stems. If needed, apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e to the affected growth while avoiding open flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive plants full winter sun and light afternoon shade as spring becomes warmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow another small batch after 2–3 weeks for later flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect newly sown areas from strong watering and prolonged rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelter taller plants from strong rooftop wind that may bend the fine stems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoppy Red usually begins flowering around 8–14 weeks after sowing. Cool, sunny weather supports stronger stems and a longer display, while rising spring temperatures can bring flowering to an early finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove faded blooms and developing capsules if you want the plant to direct more energy towards unopened buds. Leave a few capsules to become completely dry if you want to collect seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do Poppy Red flowers lose their petals quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach flower is naturally short-lived and may drop its petals after one or a few days, especially during warm or windy weather. This is normal, and fresh buds continue opening while conditions remain suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Poppy Red the same as Poppy Shirley Double Mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Poppy Red produces the classic single scarlet flower, usually with four petals. Shirley Double Mix produces ruffled semi-double and double flowers in several colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Poppy Red return next winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original plant finishes after one season. However, mature capsules may release seeds that produce new plants when cool weather returns. Remove the capsules before they dry if unwanted seedlings are a concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Poppy Red, Red Corn Poppy, Corn Poppy, Field Poppy, Flanders Poppy, Remembrance Poppy, Papaver rhoeas\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877851652318,"sku":"","price":80.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/poppy-red-corn-flowers.jpg?v=1786977198"},{"product_id":"bok-choy-seeds","title":"Bok Choy – 40+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eBok Choy Seeds, also known as\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePak Choi\u003c\/strong\u003e,\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePak Choy\u003c\/strong\u003e, or Chinese cabbage, produce compact leafy plants with crisp pale-green stems and tender dark green leaves. They grow best in cool weather, bright sunlight to partial shade, and loose fertile soil, making them suitable for 8–10-inch pots, grow bags, raised beds, and kitchen gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNative to China and widely used in East Asian cooking, Bok Choy became popular worldwide for its quick growth, mild flavour, and use in stir-fries, soups, salads, and steamed dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBok Choy is a fast-growing cool-season vegetable for home gardeners who want fresh leafy greens without waiting too long. It is especially useful for small spaces because plants stay compact and can be harvested young or allowed to form fuller heads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Gardeners Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast-Growing:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eReady to harvest young leaves quickly in cool weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrispy:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eMild flavour works well in fresh and cooked dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat for Pots:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eCompact growth suits containers, grow bags, and small beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCooking:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eGood for stir-fries, soups, salads, steaming, and sautéing.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Growing Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBok Choy grows best in mild, cool weather with steady moisture. Autumn sowing is useful in Pakistan’s plains as summer heat eases. Plan for young plants to establish in mild weather: heat and dry soil can cause early flowering, and a spell of nights below 10°C can also trigger flowering when warmer weather returns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e4–6 hours of sunlight is enough; light afternoon shade helps in warmer areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eUse loose, fertile, and well-draining soil rich in organic matter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eKeep soil consistently moist, not waterlogged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot Size:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eUse an 8–10-inch pot for one plant, or wider containers for multiple plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeason:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eBest sown from\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeptember to December\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003efor cool-season growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Grow Bok Choy Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Sow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow from\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeptember to December\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ein most areas of Pakistan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest baby leaves in about\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e25–35 days\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull plants usually take around\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e45–60 days\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on weather and spacing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to Grow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8–10-inch pots, grow bags, raised beds, or well-prepared garden soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a bright spot with morning sun and good airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn warmer areas, give light afternoon shade to reduce heat stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse 2 parts garden soil with 1-part\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow seeds about\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\/4 inch deep\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003ein moist soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep seedlings\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6–8 inches apart\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003efor compact plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor larger heads, keep\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8–10 inches spacing\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater gently after sowing and keep the soil evenly moist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin extra seedlings early so plants do not become overcrowded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFertilizer \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt sowing, mix in\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003eto support healthy leaf growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuring active growth, apply\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-20-20-20-fertilizer\"\u003eNPK 20 20 20 Fertilizer\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003elightly if leaves look pale or growth slows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid letting the soil dry completely, as stress can cause early bolting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck leaves regularly for chewing pests and aphids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest outer leaves first or cut the whole plant when the head reaches usable size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBok Choy can be harvested young for tender baby leaves or grown longer for fuller stems and heads. For repeat picking, remove outer leaves and allow the centre to continue growing. For a full harvest, cut the plant near the base when stems are crisp and leaves are fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest before hot weather becomes strong, as heat can make plants flower early and reduce leaf quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Bok Choy grow in pots?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Bok Choy grows well in pots. Use an 8–10-inch pot for one plant or a wider container if growing multiple plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is my Bok Choy flowering early?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat, dry soil and crowding can cause early flowering. Young plants exposed to frost or more than a week of nights below 10°C may also flower when warmth returns. Aim for mild weather, keep moisture steady and use a light row cover to shelter young plants during cold spells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I harvest Bok Choy leaves more than once?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, you can pick outer leaves first and allow the centre to keep growing. For a full head, cut the whole plant near the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat pests attack Bok Choy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon pests include aphids, flea beetles, caterpillars, and leaf-eating insects. Check leaves often and use\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil Spray\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003ewhen needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Names\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBok Choy, Pak Choi, Pak Choy, Chinese Cabbage, Baby Bok Choy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877851685086,"sku":"","price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/PakchoiSeeds.webp?v=1787316652"},{"product_id":"cabbage-f1-hybrid-seeds","title":"Cabbage – F1 Hybrid 70+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eCabbage F1 Hybrid produces firm, round green heads with crisp, tightly layered leaves. The fresh cabbage can be used in salads, sandwiches, soups, noodles, stir-fried dishes and everyday sabzi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis F1 Hybrid is selected for even plant growth, strong head formation and heads that develop at a similar pace. These traits make several plants easier to manage and harvest when they receive the same spacing, sunlight, water and cool weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven Growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plants tend to develop at a similar rate under the same conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong Head Formation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Forms firm, tightly layered cabbage heads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimilar Heads:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plants are more likely to produce heads with a consistent shape and size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrisp Leaves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh leaves have a firm and crunchy texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for garden beds, large pots and grow bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 5–10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 15–22°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6–8 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 14–16-inch pot for one plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 12–18 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 12–24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December once the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a seedling tray or small pots with fine, moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds about ¼ inch deep and cover them lightly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist gently and place the tray in bright, indirect light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the mix lightly moist until the seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant when seedlings have 4–6 true leaves, leaving 12–18 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater deeply whenever the upper soil begins to dry. Keep the moisture steady while the heads are forming, but do not leave the roots in soggy soil. Avoid keeping the leaves wet overnight, especially during humid weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the final soil before transplanting. Another small amount can be mixed into the upper soil about four weeks later. Stop adding extra fertilizer once the heads begin forming because excessive feeding can cause loose or split heads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the undersides of leaves regularly for insect eggs, cabbage worms, loopers and aphids. Remove visible eggs and caterpillars by hand. Spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on affected leaves, including their undersides, when aphids or other small pests appear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant during the evening or on a cloudy day to reduce wilting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect new transplants from strong sunlight and wind for the first two days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the soil gently firm around the base so the plant remains upright.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove standing water from the centre of the plant after heavy rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCabbage is usually ready around 70–90 days after sowing. Because the plants grow more evenly, several heads may become ready within a similar period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest when a head feels firm and compact when pressed gently. Cut through the stem below the head with a clean, sharp knife. Leave two or three outer leaves around the head for protection and keep the harvested cabbage refrigerated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy has the cabbage head split?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA mature head may split when heavy watering or rain follows a dry period. Delayed harvesting can also increase the risk. Harvest firm heads promptly when they are ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the inner leaf edges brown?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is often caused by uneven moisture or very rapid growth during head formation. Keep watering steady and avoid excessive fertilizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy has the plant produced a flower stem?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYoung cabbage exposed to cold stress followed by warmer weather may begin flowering early. Sudden temperature changes can also cause this problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould damaged outer leaves be removed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove leaves that are badly damaged, rotting or touching wet soil. Keep healthy outer leaves because they help the plant form and protect its head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cabbage, Green Cabbage, Head Cabbage, Band Gobhi, بند گوبھی\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877851848926,"sku":"Cabbage F1 Hybrid","price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Cabbage_-_F1_Hybrid_Seeds.png?v=1787316677"},{"product_id":"cauliflower-f1-hybrid-seeds","title":"Cauliflower – F1 Hybrid 25+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eCauliflower F1 Hybrid develops broad green leaves around a firm, white head. The head has a mild taste that absorbs spices well, making it suitable for aloo gobi, mixed sabzi, pakoras, pulao, soups and roasted dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis F1 Hybrid is selected for plants that grow more evenly and form heads with a similar shape and size. The heads are also more likely to become ready within a closer period, making it easier to manage several plants together. Correct seasonal timing remains important because cauliflower needs cool weather while its head is forming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm White Heads:\u003c\/strong\u003e Forms closely packed heads with a tender texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven Development:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plants grow at a similar pace when given equal care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimilar Timing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Several plants can become ready within a closer period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEveryday Cooking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for common Pakistani vegetable dishes and snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinter Pots:\u003c\/strong\u003e One plant can be grown in a large pot or grow bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 5–10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 15–22°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 14–16-inch wide pot for one plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 18–24 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 18–24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, fertile and well-draining potting mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November so the heads can develop during cooler weather. In Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to November after the summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds around ¼ inch deep in a seedling tray filled with moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater gently and keep the tray in a bright place until the seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep one healthy seedling in each cell and remove weaker seedlings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegin introducing the seedlings to outdoor conditions when they have 4–5 true leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant before the roots become crowded, keeping each seedling at its previous soil level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCauliflower grows best when its progress is not interrupted by dry soil or poor feeding. Water around the roots whenever the upper soil begins drying, but do not leave the pot waterlogged. Keep the healthy outer leaves because they supply energy to the developing head and protect it from strong sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the final potting mix before transplanting. Add another small amount around the plant after 3–4 weeks. Once the centre begins thickening, avoid excessive feeding that encourages leaves at the expense of the head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCabbage caterpillars can hide near the centre or beneath the leaves. Inspect the plants regularly and remove caterpillars and insect eggs by hand. If aphids or whiteflies appear, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the affected areas during the evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not keep seedlings in small tray cells for too long.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle the roots gently while transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive light afternoon shade if temperatures rise unexpectedly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBend a few outer leaves over the developing head if strong sunlight is causing it to yellow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvesting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not wait for the head to become as large as shop-bought cauliflower. Harvest when it feels firm and its surface remains tightly packed. Once the small sections begin separating, its texture starts becoming coarse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a clean knife to cut the main stem below the head. Leave a few surrounding leaves attached to protect the cauliflower during handling and storage. Refrigerate it soon after harvesting if it will not be cooked the same day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy did the plant form a very small head?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis can happen when seedlings become rootbound, suffer transplant damage or face unsuitable temperatures soon after planting. Starting with young, actively growing seedlings reduces this problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan cauliflower leaves be eaten?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Healthy young leaves can be washed and cooked like cabbage leaves. Older outer leaves may be tougher and require longer cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the white head have a purple or pink tint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCold weather or direct sunlight can sometimes cause light colouring on the head. It is usually harmless if the cauliflower remains firm and shows no signs of decay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill another large head grow after the first one is removed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not. Cauliflower forms one main head. Small side growth may appear afterward, but it normally does not develop into another full-sized head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cauliflower, Phool Gobhi, Phool Gobi, پھول گوبھی\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877854765278,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Cauliflower-F1-seeds.jpg?v=1787316688"},{"product_id":"tomato-f1-hybrid-seeds","title":"Tomato – F1 Hybrid 20+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eLooking for tomato seeds that grow well in rooftop gardens or pots? \u003cstrong\u003eTomato F1 Hybrid Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e are bred for container performance, heat resistance, and consistent harvests — ideal for Pakistan’s growing conditions. These hybrids produce firm, medium-sized tomatoes perfect for slicing, sauces, or daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're gardening on a sunny rooftop or balcony, these seeds offer strong performance with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Gardeners Choose It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHybrid variety bred for heat tolerance and consistent yields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent for rooftop pots, grow bags, or small beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirm, medium-sized fruits with balanced flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Grow F1 Hybrid Tomatoes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Plant:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBest sown in \u003cstrong\u003eJanuary–March\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eJuly–August\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Grow:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge pots or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/10-gallon-grow-bag\"\u003egrow bags\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSunny rooftop beds or balcony containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSowing Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse 2 parts garden soil + 1 part \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-organic-fertilizer\"\u003evermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e + 1 part sand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow seeds 0.5 cm deep in moist soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGermination takes 6–10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant after 3–4 true leaves appear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a bamboo stick or cage to support the plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFertilizer \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water deeply when the upper soil begins to dry, keeping moisture reasonably even while tomatoes develop. Let surplus water drain and avoid allowing the pot to dry out completely between waterings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Stage:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-20-20-20-fertilizer-for-plants\"\u003eNPK 20-20-20\u003c\/a\u003e, 1 tsp per 1L water every 2 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering Stage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shift to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/potash-fertilizer-imported\"\u003ePotash (SOP)\u003c\/a\u003e every 15 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoot Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/bone-meal-fertilizer\"\u003eBone Meal\u003c\/a\u003e once at transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e every 10–15 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTips from Local Gardeners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater at soil level, not overhead — reduces leaf disease\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse light mulch in containers to prevent heat stress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart support staking early to prevent stem bending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick tomatoes once fully red and gently firm to the touch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pot size should I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12–14 inch pots or grow bags are ideal for root growth and stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long until harvest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTomato harvest times are usually measured from transplanting, with the seedling stage adding several weeks. Timing varies with the variety, warmth and sunlight. Begin picking when the fruits are fully red and feel firm but no longer hard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these better than desi tomato seeds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eF1 hybrids give more uniform, earlier harvests with fewer pest problems. They also offer better disease resistance, uniform fruiting, and faster harvests — great for small-space and rooftop gardeners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names\u003c\/strong\u003e: Tomato, Garden Tomato, Red Tomato, ٹماٹر, Tamatar\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877856469214,"sku":"Tomato Long F1 Hybrid","price":120.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/tomatof1hybridseeds-hybridvegetablesseedsbymojiall.pk.jpg?v=1787651690"},{"product_id":"chili-hybrid-seeds","title":"Chili (مرچ) – F1 Hybrid 20+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eStruggling to grow spicy green mirch in containers? \u003cstrong\u003eChili Hybrid Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e solve common problems like low yield, weak plants, or pest attacks. These hybrids are bred specifically for Pakistan’s heat — perfect for rooftop pots, grow bags, or sunny balconies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn just 70–90 days, you’ll harvest slim, flavorful chillies that start green and ripen to bright red. With high disease resistance and compact growth, they’re a dependable choice for busy home gardeners who want consistent, spicy results without needing large garden beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Gardeners Choose It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact hybrid plant ideal for pots or grow bags\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-tolerant and productive through summer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for rooftop gardens, balconies, and kitchen use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBred for pest resistance and consistent yield\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Grow Chili Hybrid\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow: \u003c\/strong\u003eSow from \u003cstrong\u003eFebruary to April\u003c\/strong\u003e or again in \u003cstrong\u003eJuly–August\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Grow:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10–12 inch pots or grow bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaised beds or home gardens in full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalconies with 5–6 hours of light daily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSowing Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix 2 parts soil + 1 part \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-organic-fertilizer\"\u003evermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow seeds 0.5 cm deep in moist soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGermination in 7–10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant when 4–5 inches tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStake lightly when fruiting starts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFertilizer \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water when the topsoil begins to dry, soaking the root area and allowing excess water to drain. Keep moisture reasonably even while the plants flower and fruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvery 2 Weeks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-20-20-20-fertilizer-for-plants\"\u003eNPK 20-20-20\u003c\/a\u003e, 1 tsp per 1L water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAfter Flowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/potash-fertilizer-imported\"\u003ePotash (SOP)\u003c\/a\u003e every 15 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/bone-meal-fertilizer\"\u003eBone Meal\u003c\/a\u003e after transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Prevention:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e every 10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTips from Local Gardeners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrim early buds to boost plant size and later yield\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide light support as chillies develop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest green or wait till fully red, depending on taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are my chili plants not forming fruit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVery hot or cool weather, soil that stays too wet or dry, weak light and excessive nitrogen can all interfere with fruit set. Check these conditions before adding more fertilizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan chillies tolerate partial shade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey need 5–6 hours of full sunlight. In shady balconies, the plants may grow tall but produce fewer chillies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I do during a hot spell?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGive plants some late-afternoon shade and keep soil moisture steady. Healthy plants often resume fruiting when temperatures become milder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I boost yield in pots?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse a 12-inch deep pot, trim the first few buds, and feed \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-20-20-20-fertilizer-for-plants\"\u003eNPK 20-20-20\u003c\/a\u003e every 2 weeks during early growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names\u003c\/strong\u003e: Green Chili, Green Chili Pepper, سبز مرچ, Sabz Mirch.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877859614942,"sku":"Chili F1 Hybrid","price":120.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/IMG-20241025_064431.jpg?v=1787316706"},{"product_id":"lettuce-iceberg-seeds","title":"Lettuce Iceberg – 100+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eBuy iceberg lettuce seeds and grow fresh, crunchy heads in pots or trays this winter. These compact, cool-loving plants produce sweet, firm layers — perfect for salads and sandwiches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for rooftop pots or kitchen trays, they give you clean, fresh lettuce for salads, wraps, and sandwiches all season long.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Gardeners Prefer Iceberg Lettuce\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForms firm, round heads with crunchy leaves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCool-weather crop suited to October–February\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for 8–10 inch pots, trays, or beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePopular in salads, burgers, and wraps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Grow Iceberg Lettuce from Seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e October to February (best at 10–20°C)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to Grow:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide pots or trays (8–10 inch depth)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRooftops, balconies, or shaded garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteps:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix 2 parts soil + 1 part \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-organic-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow shallowly — just press seeds into the surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep moist; germinates in 5–7 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin seedlings to 10–12 inches apart for full-size heads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest full heads in 50–70 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFertilizer \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Prep:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add vermicompost before sowing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvery 15 Days:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/npk-20-20-20-fertilizer-for-plants\"\u003eNPK 20-20-20\u003c\/a\u003e at half dose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Booster:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/seaweed-liquid-fertilizer\"\u003eSeaweed Liquid Fertilizer\u003c\/a\u003e for stronger leaf growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e as a safe spray against aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTips from Local Gardeners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid overhead watering to prevent leaf rot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse shade net in very sunny areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest early morning for best crispness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow in batches every 10–12 days for fresh supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is my lettuce not crisp after harvest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHarvest early in the morning and refrigerate soon after. Heat or late picking can reduce crispness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are my lettuce plants rotting at the base?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOverwatering or poor drainage is the usual cause. Water only when the surface feels dry and avoid soaking the crown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat spacing is best for iceberg lettuce in containers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAllow 10–12 inches between plants for full-size heads. Closer spacing is suitable when deliberately harvesting smaller heads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I grow iceberg lettuce in partial sun?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — 4–5 hours of filtered or direct morning light is enough for leafy growth. Heads are usually ready in 50–70 days depending on temperature and sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877860597982,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/lettuce-iceberg.jpg?v=1787649443"},{"product_id":"sweet-sultan-seeds","title":"Sweet Sultan (Mix) – 30+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eSweet Sultan Mix produces softly fringed, thistle-like flowers in shades of pink, purple, lavender, white and pale yellow. The blooms have a gentle, sweet fragrance and grow on long stems that look attractive in sunny flower beds, borders and vase arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNative to parts of Southwest Asia, Sweet Sultan grows best during cool, mild weather. Its branching habit creates an airy display among other winter flowers, while the scented blooms attract bees and other visiting insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFragrant Flowers:\u003c\/strong\u003e The softly scented blooms add fragrance to gardens and bouquets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plants produce flowers in several delicate pastel shades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut Flowers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Long stems are suitable for vases and floral arrangements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAiry Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Branching growth mixes well with fuller winter flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 7–21 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 15–21°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 10–12-inch-wide pot or larger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 8–12 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 24–30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, moderately fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSweet Sultan is best sown directly in its final pot or flower bed because its roots do not like frequent disturbance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the final container with fine, moist and well-draining potting mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake shallow holes or rows around ¼ inch deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds thinly so the seedlings are not crowded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover them lightly and water using a fine spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the surface lightly moist in a bright location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThin the seedlings after 2–3 true leaves appear, leaving 8–12 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater when the upper layer of the soil begins to dry. Keep young plants evenly moist while their roots become established, but never leave the soil waterlogged. Established plants can handle short dry periods, although prolonged dryness may reduce flowering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the soil before sowing. Sweet Sultan needs only light feeding. Excess fertilizer can produce soft, leafy growth and weaker flower stems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plant usually has few pest problems. If aphids gather around the tender shoots and buds, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the affected growth, avoiding open flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect newly sown pots from forceful watering and heavy rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid unnecessary transplanting because the roots dislike disturbance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive plants full winter sun, then light afternoon shade as spring becomes warmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport tall stems with a slim stake in exposed gardens and rooftop pots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants usually begin flowering around 12–14 weeks after sowing. The fluffy, fringed flower heads appear on long stems while the weather remains cool to mild.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove faded flowers before they form seeds to encourage further blooming. For vases, cut the stems when the outer florets have begun opening and place them in clean water promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Sweet Sultan the same as Cornflower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Both belong to the daisy family and were once grouped closely under the name \u003cem\u003eCentaurea\u003c\/em\u003e, but Sweet Sultan is now accepted as \u003cem\u003eAmberboa moschata\u003c\/em\u003e. Its flowers are generally more fragrant than common Cornflowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat causes white powder on the leaves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may be powdery mildew, which can develop during humid weather or where plants are crowded. Remove badly affected leaves, improve airflow and avoid wetting the foliage late in the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill saved seeds produce the same colour mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSaved seeds can produce several colours, but the balance of pink, purple, white and yellow flowers may differ from the original packet, especially when plants have cross-pollinated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet Sultan Mix, Sweet Sultan, Sultan Flower, Fragrant Sultan Flower\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877860630750,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/sweet_sultan_mix.jpg?v=1786977205"},{"product_id":"phlox-twinkles-seeds","title":"Phlox (Twinkles) Mix – 30+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003ePhlox Twinkles Mix forms compact plants covered with clusters of small, star-shaped flowers. Each bloom has five deeply cut or fringed petals, creating a pointed star-like appearance. The mix produces red, pink, purple, lavender, white and bicoloured flowers, often with contrasting centres, stripes or coloured edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnnual Phlox is native to the central and southeastern United States, particularly Texas. Twinkles is a dwarf garden selection that grows best during cool, mild weather. Its detailed flowers look especially attractive in pots, window boxes, rock gardens and the front of flower beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStarry Flowers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deeply cut petals create a distinctive pointed shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Patterns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blooms may have stripes, contrasting centres or coloured edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDwarf Growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact plants fit easily into pots and front borders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flowers may begin around 10–12 weeks after sowing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 5–10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 16–18°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e An 8–10-inch-wide pot or larger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 8–12 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 6–10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlower size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 1–1½ inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November, or again from late January to February. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhlox dislikes root disturbance, so sow directly in the final pot or flower bed when possible. Seeds can also be started individually in small pots if extra protection is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the final pot or prepare the bed with fine, moist soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds thinly and evenly over the prepared surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover them with around ⅛ inch of fine soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater the surface gently using a fine spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the soil cool and lightly moist until seedlings appear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt 2–3 true leaves, leave 8–12 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater regularly while the seedlings are becoming established. Once the plants are stronger, water when the upper soil begins to dry. Apply water near the base during the morning and never leave the pot standing in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the soil before sowing. Add another small amount after 5–6 weeks only if the leaves become pale or growth slows. Heavy feeding can produce excessive leaves with fewer flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf aphids or spider mites gather on tender growth, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the affected foliage while avoiding open flowers. Remove badly damaged leaves and maintain good airflow to reduce powdery mildew and other fungal problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive plants full winter sun and light afternoon shade as spring becomes warmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect newly sown pots from strong watering and prolonged rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace plants near the front where their detailed flowers remain visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelter containers from strong rooftop winds that may bend the fine stems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhlox Twinkles usually begins flowering around 10–12 weeks after sowing. Cool, sunny conditions help the plants remain compact and produce a fuller display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut faded flower clusters just above a healthy pair of leaves before seedpods develop. This keeps the plants neat and encourages later buds while the weather remains mild. Flowering may slow when late spring becomes hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do the petals look cut or torn?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pointed, deeply cut edges are a natural feature of Twinkles Phlox and not a sign of insect damage. The depth of the cuts can vary between flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan seeds be saved from Phlox Twinkles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Allow a few healthy flower clusters to develop dry seed capsules. Collect them before they split open and store the seeds in a cool, dry place. The next plants may differ in colour, markings and flower shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Phlox Twinkles Mix, Twinkles Dwarf Phlox, Annual Phlox, Drummond’s Phlox, Star Phlox\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877860663518,"sku":null,"price":80.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/phlox_twinkle_star_seeds.jpg?v=1791459841"},{"product_id":"phlox-paniculata-mixed-seeds","title":"Phlox Mix (گل فلاکس) – 30+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003ePhlox paniculata forms tall, upright clumps topped with large, rounded clusters of five-petalled flowers. Seed-grown plants may produce shades of pink, rose, purple and white, sometimes with contrasting centres. The lightly fragrant blooms add height to flower beds, attract butterflies and can also be cut for vases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNative to north-central and eastern parts of the United States, this perennial naturally prefers moist soil, cool roots and good airflow. It performs most reliably in Pakistan’s cooler and hilly regions. In the plains, morning sun, afternoon shade and protection from intense summer heat improve its chances of returning for another season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Clusters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Numerous small flowers form full, rounded heads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright stems add height behind shorter flowering plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Fragrance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mature flower clusters may release a pleasant scent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerennial Growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plants can return for several years in suitable conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 14–30 days after cooling, but may be irregular\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 15–24°C during active growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 5–6 hours, with afternoon shade in hot areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e A deep 14–16-inch-wide pot or larger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 18–24 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 3–4 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpread:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 18–30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow in trays from October to November so winter weather can provide natural cooling. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, refrigerate the moist seeds for 4–6 weeks, then sow from November to January. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow outdoors from September to October, or refrigerate the seeds and sow from February to March under protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhlox paniculata seeds germinate more reliably after a cool, moist resting period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix the seeds with a small amount of barely moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeal them in a small bag and refrigerate for 4–6 weeks without freezing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the treated seeds around ⅛ inch deep in a tray of moist starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the tray at 15–18°C in a bright location with steady moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant established seedlings carefully, leaving 18–24 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the soil evenly moist while plants are establishing and forming flower buds. Water near the base early in the day and avoid repeatedly wetting the leaves. Phlox paniculata dislikes prolonged dryness but can develop root problems in waterlogged soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the final soil before transplanting. Apply diluted \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/flowers-fertilizer\"\u003eFlower Fertilizer\u003c\/a\u003e occasionally during active growth. Tall plants may require a stake in rooftop pots or exposed gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf aphids or spider mites appear on tender growth, apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e to the affected stems and leaves, avoiding open flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive plants morning sun and afternoon shade in the plains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover the root area lightly to keep it cool and evenly moist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain generous spacing for airflow between mature plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport tall stems before the flower clusters become heavy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome early-sown plants may produce a few flowers during their first season, but many seedlings develop their strongest display from the second year. Established plants generally flower from late spring through summer, depending on the local climate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove faded flower clusters just above healthy leaves to keep the plant tidy and prevent unwanted seedlings. Cut dry stems near the base after the growing season ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Phlox Paniculata, Garden Phlox, Tall Garden Phlox, Perennial Phlox, Summer Phlox, Phlox paniculata\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877860696286,"sku":null,"price":80.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/phlox-mix-flower-seeds-pakistan-moji-mall.jpg?v=1787067529"},{"product_id":"helichrysum-laurin-seeds","title":"Helichrysum (گل کاغذ) – 30+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eHelichrysum, commonly called Strawflower, forms bushy, semi-dwarf plants topped with firm, papery flowers. Blooms may appear in yellow, orange, red, pink and white, adding bright colour to sunny pots, flower beds and pathway borders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNative to Australia, Strawflower is usually grown as an annual. Its crisp, layered flowers retain their shape and colour after cutting, making them suitable for fresh bouquets, dried arrangements, wreaths and decorative crafts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e One packet may produce several bright and attractive shades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePapery Blooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Firm, layered flowers have an unusual straw-like texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh or Dried:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut stems can be displayed fresh or preserved for months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Semi-dwarf plants suit pots, borders and grouped planting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 7–14 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 18–24°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–12-inch-wide pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 10–12 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 18–24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlower size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 1–3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore and Faisalabad, sow from September to November, or again from late January to February. In Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to October with protection during hard frost, or again from late February to March. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelichrysum seeds need light to germinate and are easiest to start in a seedling tray or small pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the tray or pots with fine, moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScatter the tiny seeds thinly and evenly over the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress them gently onto the mix without covering them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater the surface gently using a fine spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the container bright and the mix lightly moist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt 2–3 pairs of true leaves, transplant seedlings 10–12 inches apart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater regularly while the young plants are becoming established. Once they are stronger, allow the upper layer of soil to begin drying before watering again. Avoid soggy soil because constant wetness can damage the roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the final potting mix before transplanting. Add another small amount after 6–8 weeks only if potted plants become pale or growth slows. Heavy feeding can produce soft, leafy growth with fewer flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelichrysum generally has few pest problems. If aphids gather on the tender growth, spray \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e on the affected foliage while avoiding open flowers. Leave enough space between plants to reduce fungal problems during humid weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect surface-sown seeds from strong watering and heavy rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive plants full winter sun for stronger growth and more flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep pots raised where excess rainwater can drain freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelter flowering plants from strong winds on open rooftops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelichrysum usually begins flowering around 12–16 weeks after sowing. Cut flowers regularly or remove faded heads to encourage later buds while the weather remains suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor fresh or dried arrangements, cut when two or three outer layers have opened but the centre remains tight. Remove the lower leaves, tie the stems in small bunches and hang them upside down in a shaded, dry and airy place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Helichrysum grow indoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeeds can be started beside a bright window, but mature plants flower better outdoors. Indoor plants may become weak without enough direct sunlight and airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I save seeds from Helichrysum?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Leave a few healthy flower heads until they become completely dry and fluffy, then collect the seeds before they scatter. Plants grown from saved seeds may produce different flower colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helichrysum, Strawflower, Everlasting Flower, Paper Daisy, Golden Everlasting, گل کاغذ\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877860729054,"sku":null,"price":99.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/helichrysum-strawflower-flower-seeds-pakistan-moji-mall.jpg?v=1787040897"},{"product_id":"carnation-flower-seeds","title":"Carnation (گل لہمی) – 50+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eCarnation Chabaud Giant Mix produces tall, branching stems carrying ruffled double flowers in red, pink, yellow, white and other mixed shades. The blooms have a soft, clove-like fragrance and rise above narrow blue-green leaves. Their long stems make them especially suitable for pots, borders and cut-flower arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarden Carnation is native to the Balkan Peninsula, while the Chabaud series is an old French group selected for fragrant cut flowers. It grows best during cool, sunny weather and flowers through Pakistan’s late winter and spring when sown early.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Blooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Layered, fringed petals give the flowers a full appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Produces red, pink, yellow, white and other attractive shades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpicy Fragrance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blooms carry a soft scent similar to clove.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Vase Life:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut stems remain attractive for several days in clean water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually 7–14 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Around 15–21°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 6 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot size:\u003c\/strong\u003e One plant in a 8–12-inch-wide pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 10–12 inches between plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Usually around 24–36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, fertile and well-draining mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November. In hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December once the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April, after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Chabaud Carnation in a seedling tray because it needs a long growing period before flowering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the tray with fine, moist seed starter mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow 2–3 seeds per cell or space them thinly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover the seeds with around ⅛ inch of the mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater the surface gently using a fine spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the container at 18–21°C with light moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant at 3–4 true leaves, leaving 10–12 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater when the upper layer of soil begins to dry. Keep young plants evenly moist, but never allow the pot to remain soggy because the roots and lower stems can rot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePinch the main growing tip after the plant develops 5–6 pairs of leaves. This encourages more side branches and flowering stems. Provide light support before the buds become heavy in windy locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003eVermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e into the final potting mix before transplanting. Feed lightly when buds begin forming. If aphids or spider mites appear, apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e to the affected foliage while avoiding open flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Gardener Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant seedlings during a cool evening to reduce stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive full winter sun and light afternoon shade as spring becomes warmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave space between plants and avoid wetting the leaves late in the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect developing buds from prolonged rain and heavy rooftop watering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChabaud Carnations generally begin flowering around 130–140 days after sowing. The plants can continue producing buds while the weather remains mild. Remove faded flowers by cutting just above a pair of leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor indoor arrangements, cut a stem when its first flower is fully open and one or two other buds are beginning to open. Place the stems in clean water immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the flower buds turning brown before opening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProlonged moisture, poor airflow or water remaining inside the buds can encourage fungal rot. Remove damaged buds, increase spacing and water near the soil instead of wetting the flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carnation, Chabaud Carnation, Chabaud Giant Mix, Border Carnation, Clove Pink, Gul Lahmi, گل لہمی\u003cem\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877860761822,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/carnationchabaudgiantmix.jpg?v=1786985947"},{"product_id":"marigold-mix-seeds","title":"Marigold Mix (گل گیندا) – 30+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eMarigold Mix produces tall, bushy plants with large, rounded flowers in lemon yellow, golden yellow and deep orange. The densely layered blooms stand above finely divided green leaves, creating a bold display in large pots, sunny flower beds and entrance planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe long stems make the flowers suitable for garlands, vases and home decoration. This African Marigold type grows quickly in suitable weather and continues developing new buds when old flowers are removed regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge, rounded flowers with densely layered petals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes yellow, gold and orange shades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTall plants create height in flower beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for large pots and home garden borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong stems can be used in garlands and vases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlowers over an extended period with regular care\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommendation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest sowing time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to December or late January–March\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermination time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 5–10 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermination temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 21–27°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 0.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–8 hours of direct sunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 12–18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne plant in a 12–14 inch pot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMature height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommonly 24–36 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlower size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 3–5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirst flowers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 10–13 weeks after sowing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarigold Mix grows best when days are sunny and temperatures are mild to warm. In most areas of Pakistan, sow from September to December for autumn and winter flowering. A second sowing can be made from late January to March for spring flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore and Faisalabad, sow from late August to October after heavy monsoon rain has eased, or from late January to March. In Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from August to September or from February to April after the coldest nights have passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from September to February after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to May after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a seedling tray or small pots with a fine, moist seed-starting mixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the long seeds approximately 0.5 cm deep and cover them lightly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater gently using a fine spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the mixture warm and lightly moist until germination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant seedlings after they develop 2–3 pairs of true leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeave approximately 12–18 inches between plants. Handle seedlings by their leaves or surrounding soil instead of pulling them by the stem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Soil\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse moderately fertile soil that drains easily. Marigolds can develop weak roots and fungal problems when their soil remains constantly wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix garden soil with a suitable \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/potting-mediums\"\u003epotting medium\u003c\/a\u003e to improve drainage. A small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-organic-fertilizer\"\u003evermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e can be added before transplanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor container growing, use one plant in each 12–14 inch pot. Make sure the pot has open drainage holes and enough weight to support the tall plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide at least 6 hours of direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater regularly while young plants are becoming established.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the upper soil layer to begin drying before watering again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply water around the soil instead of repeatedly wetting the flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePinch the main growing tip when the plant is 6–8 inches tall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport tall stems in exposed or windy locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove faded flowers before they begin forming seeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep enough space between plants for airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck tender growth and leaf undersides for pests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove yellow, damaged or badly affected leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePinching the main tip encourages the plant to form more side branches and flowering stems. Use clean fingers or scissors and make the cut immediately above a healthy pair of leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf aphids, spider mites or thrips appear, apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e according to its directions. Avoid spraying open flowers and do not apply during strong sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeeding\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarigolds usually need moderate feeding. Excessive fertilizer, especially nitrogen-heavy fertilizer, can produce tall leafy growth with fewer flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore transplanting, mix a small amount of vermicompost into the soil. Once flower buds begin forming, mix 1 teaspoon of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/flowers-fertilizer\"\u003eFlowers Fertilizer\u003c\/a\u003e in 1 litre of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply the prepared solution around the root area or use it as a light spray. Repeat every 10–15 days if needed. Reduce or pause feeding during extreme heat, prolonged rain or severe plant stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants commonly begin flowering approximately 10–13 weeks after sowing. The exact timing depends on temperature, sunlight, plant health and when the seedlings were transplanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove faded flower heads before seeds develop to encourage additional buds. Cut the stem just above a healthy leafy branch instead of leaving a long bare section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor garlands or indoor arrangements, pick flowers after they have opened fully but before the outer petals begin fading. Cut during the cooler morning or evening hours and place the stems in clean water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a heavy pot so tall plants do not fall over easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd a stake before the stems become crowded with flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow another small batch after 3–4 weeks for later flowering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep container plants where they receive sunlight from more than one direction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove fallen petals and damaged leaves from the soil surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck drainage after heavy rain, especially in rooftop pots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Marigold the same as Calendula?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This Marigold belongs to \u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e, while Calendula belongs to \u003cem\u003eCalendula officinalis\u003c\/em\u003e. They have different leaves, plant shapes and flower structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I save seeds from Marigold Mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Leave a few healthy flower heads on the plant until they become brown and completely dry. Remove the long seeds and store them in a labelled paper envelope. Plants grown from saved seeds may differ slightly in height, colour or flower shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Marigold keep every garden pest away?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Marigolds do not protect an entire garden from every insect. Some types may help with particular soil problems when planted correctly, but regular checking and suitable pest control are still necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the flower buds turning brown before opening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProlonged rain, repeatedly wet flowers, poor airflow or fungal infection can damage unopened buds. Remove affected buds, improve spacing and water around the soil instead of over the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill one plant produce every colour in the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. Each seed develops into an individual plant with its own flower colour. Grow several seeds if you want a better chance of getting yellow, gold and orange flowers from the packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marigold Mix, Giant Marigold, African Marigold, Aztec Marigold, Genda, Genda Phool, Gainda (گیندا)\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877860794590,"sku":null,"price":80.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/AfricanMarigoldGiantMixcrackerjack.jpg?v=1786980878"},{"product_id":"sweet-william-mix-seeds","title":"Sweet William Mix – 50+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eSweet William Mix forms neat, leafy plants topped with rounded clusters of small, fringed flowers. The mixture may produce shades of pink, red, purple and white, including blooms with contrasting centres, rings and two-colour patterns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany flowers have a light, clove-like fragrance. The upright stems look attractive in pots, borders and grouped flower beds and can also be cut for small bouquets and indoor arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRounded clusters containing many small flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix of pink, red, purple and white shades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMay include solid, bicoloured and patterned blooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMany flowers have a light fragrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for pots and home garden borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpright stems can be used as cut flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttracts bees and butterflies\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommendation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest sowing time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLate September to November\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColder areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarch to April after hard frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermination time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 7-14 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermination temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 18-22°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCover very lightly, no more than 0.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 5-6 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 8-12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 10-12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMature height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommonly 12-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial or short-lived perennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlowering period\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommonly late winter into spring in suitable areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSweet William prefers cool weather. In most parts of Pakistan, sow from late September to November so the plants can become established during autumn and winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from late September to November. Give the young plants sunny conditions during winter and protect them from sudden periods of heavy rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December after the strongest summer heat has eased. Plants benefit from full winter sun but may need afternoon protection as spring temperatures rise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed. Seeds can also be started in a protected location before outdoor conditions become suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a seed tray or small pots with a fine, moist seed-starting mixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds thinly and press them gently against the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover them with no more than 0.3 cm of fine mixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater carefully with a fine spray and keep at approximately 18-22°C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant after the seedlings develop 2-3 true leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seeds are small, so avoid burying them too deep. Keep the mixture lightly moist during germination without leaving it soaked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen transplanting, hold seedlings by a leaf or move them with some soil around the roots. Space the final plants approximately 8-12 inches apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Soil\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse fertile soil that retains light moisture while allowing excess water to drain. Sweet William can suffer from crown and root problems when planted in heavy soil that remains constantly wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix garden soil with a suitable \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/potting-mediums\"\u003epotting medium\u003c\/a\u003e to improve drainage and airflow. A small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-organic-fertilizer\"\u003evermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e can be mixed into the soil before transplanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a pot at least 10-12 inches wide. A wider container can hold several plants when they have enough spacing and airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide at least 5-6 hours of sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive plants full winter sun where possible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd light afternoon shade as spring becomes hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater when the soil surface begins to dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply water around the soil instead of over the leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the soil lightly moist but never waterlogged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave enough space between plants for airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove dry, yellow or badly damaged leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck young plants for slug and snail damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect tender growth for aphids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect newly planted seedlings from heavy rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove faded flower clusters regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix a small amount of vermicompost into the final soil before planting. Avoid excessive feeding because overly rich soil can produce soft, weak stems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen buds begin forming, mix 1 teaspoon of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/flowers-fertilizer\"\u003eFlowers Fertilizer\u003c\/a\u003e in 1 litre of water. Apply through the soil or use as a light spray and repeat every 10-15 days if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf aphids appear, use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e according to its directions. Avoid spraying open flowers or applying during strong sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutumn-sown plants commonly flower from late winter into spring when conditions remain suitable. The exact timing can vary because Sweet William may behave as a biennial or short-lived perennial, and individual plants within a general mixture may develop at different rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove faded flower clusters to keep the plants tidy and support later buds while the weather remains mild.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor indoor arrangements, cut a stem when several flowers in its cluster have opened. Remove any leaves that would sit below the water and place the stem in a clean vase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrow several plants together for a fuller mixed-colour display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a wider pot rather than crowding many plants into a small container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect seed trays from strong watering that can move the tiny seeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn containers occasionally if sunlight reaches them mainly from one direction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep fallen leaves and old petals away from the base of the plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck drainage holes after prolonged winter rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCut flowers during the cooler morning or evening hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is Sweet William different from Carnation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSweet William produces many small flowers together in rounded clusters. Carnations usually produce larger, separate blooms on longer stems. Both belong to the \u003cem\u003eDianthus\u003c\/em\u003e genus, but they are different species.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is my Sweet William growing leaves but not flowering?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome Sweet William plants follow a biennial growth habit and first develop a leafy base before flowering in a later season. Insufficient sunlight, very warm weather and excessive nitrogen can also delay bud formation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I save seeds from Sweet William Mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Leave a few healthy flower clusters until the seed capsules become dry. Collect the seeds before they fall and store them in a labelled paper envelope. New plants may not have exactly the same colours or patterns as their parent plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the flower stems leaning or falling over?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStems may become weak when plants receive too little sunlight, grow too closely together or receive excessive fertilizer. Improve light and spacing, and use a small support for stems carrying heavy flower clusters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Sweet William survive a hot Pakistan summer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome established plants may survive in a cool, protected position, but prolonged heat can weaken them. Give the plants afternoon shade, maintain careful watering and keep the roots away from extremely hot walls or floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet William, Bunch Pink, Bearded Pink, Sweet John, London Tufts, Dianthus barbatus\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877860827358,"sku":null,"price":99.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/sweet-William-double-mixed-2.jpg?v=1786984859"},{"product_id":"aster-mix-seeds","title":"Aster Mix – 30+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eAster Giant Mix produces large, densely petalled flowers in shades of pink, purple, lavender, red and white. The full blooms resemble colourful pompons or small chrysanthemums and appear on long, upright stems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tall plants add height to sunny flower beds and large containers. Their strong stems and colourful flowers also make attractive additions to bouquets and vase arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge flowers with densely layered petals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix of pink, purple, lavender, red and white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTall plants add height to winter flower beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for large pots and home garden borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong stems can be used as cut flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranching plants develop several flower buds\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommendation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest sowing time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to November\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecond sowing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLate January to February\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermination time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 7-14 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermination temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 18-22°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 0.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 6 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 10-12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne plant in a 12-14 inch pot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMature height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommonly 24-36 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirst flowers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 12-16 weeks after sowing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChina aster grows best in mild, sunny weather. In most parts of Pakistan, sow from September to November for flowers from late winter into spring. A smaller second sowing can be made from late January to February for later spring flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore, Faisalabad, Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to November or again from late January to February. Give the plants full winter sunlight and protect young seedlings from prolonged rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December after the strongest summer heat has eased. Protect developing plants from unusually hot spring afternoons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed. Start seeds in a protected tray if outdoor conditions remain too cold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a seedling tray or small pots with a fine, moist seed-starting mixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow the seeds thinly and cover them with approximately 0.3 cm of mixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater gently using a fine spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the mixture lightly moist in a bright location at approximately 18-22°C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant after the seedlings develop 3-4 true leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeave approximately 10-12 inches between the final plants. Move seedlings with some mixture around their roots and water them gently after transplanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarting seeds in a tray makes it easier to protect the small seedlings from heavy rain, pests and sudden temperature changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Soil\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse fertile soil that remains lightly moist while allowing excess water to drain. China asters can develop root and stem problems when planted in heavy soil that stays wet for long periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix garden soil with a suitable \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/potting-mediums\"\u003epotting medium\u003c\/a\u003e to improve drainage and airflow. A small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-organic-fertilizer\"\u003evermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e can be added before transplanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow one tall plant in a 12-14 inch pot. Wider containers can hold several plants when they have enough spacing and airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide at least 6 hours of sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive plants full winter sun where possible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd light afternoon shade as spring becomes hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater when the upper soil layer begins to dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the soil evenly moist during bud formation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply water around the base instead of over the leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave enough space between plants for airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport tall stems in exposed or windy locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove faded flowers and badly damaged leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck tender growth for aphids and leafhoppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect young seedlings from forceful watering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid excessive nitrogen and heavy feeding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce buds begin forming, mix 1 teaspoon of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/flowers-fertilizer\"\u003eFlowers Fertilizer\u003c\/a\u003e in 1 litre of water. Apply through the soil or as a light spray and repeat every 10-15 days if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf aphids or leafhoppers appear, apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem Oil\u003c\/a\u003e according to its directions. Spray during the cooler evening hours and avoid open flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStem Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGiant aster plants can become top-heavy as their flower buds develop. Install a thin stake while the plant is still young and secure the main stems loosely with soft ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn beds, several plants can support one another when they are correctly spaced. Avoid crowding them tightly because restricted airflow can increase leaf and stem problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants commonly begin flowering approximately 12-16 weeks after sowing. The exact timing depends on the sowing date, temperature, sunlight and transplanting conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach plant can develop several large flowers on branching stems. Colour and flower shape may vary naturally because the packet contains a mixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove faded flowers regularly so the remaining buds can continue developing. For a vase, cut a stem when the outer petals have opened but the flower centre remains firm. Place the cut stem in clean water promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a heavy pot so tall plants do not fall over easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall stem supports before the flower heads become heavy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSow a second small batch after 3-4 weeks for later flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep fallen petals and damaged leaves away from the plant base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck drainage holes after prolonged winter rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn pots occasionally if sunlight reaches them from one direction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCut flowers during the cooler morning or evening hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs China Aster the same as a perennial garden aster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is \u003cem\u003eCallistephus chinensis\u003c\/em\u003e, commonly called China aster or annual aster. Perennial garden asters belong to different botanical groups and return for several years under suitable conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy did a healthy aster plant suddenly wilt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSudden wilting can be caused by Fusarium wilt, a disease that remains in affected soil. Remove the damaged plant and its surrounding mixture. Do not reuse that mixture for another aster plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat causes yellow, twisted or unusually clustered growth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese symptoms may indicate aster yellows, a disease spread by leafhoppers. There is no treatment for an affected plant. Remove it promptly and control leafhoppers around the remaining plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I save seeds from Aster Giant Mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Leave a few healthy flowers until their centres become dry and fluffy. Collect the mature seeds and store them in a labelled paper envelope. New plants may differ from their parent in colour or flower shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are my aster flowers smaller than expected?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall flowers can result from crowded roots, insufficient sunlight, extreme heat or weak plant growth before bud formation. Improve spacing and light, maintain regular watering and avoid letting the plant become severely stressed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aster Giant Mix, China Aster, Giant China Aster, Callistephus chinensis\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877860860126,"sku":"Aster Giant Double Mixed","price":100.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/aster_giant_mix.jpg?v=1786985718"},{"product_id":"gazania-mix-seeds","title":"Gazania Mix – 20+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eGazania flower seeds grow into compact, spreading plants with large, daisy-like blooms. Gazania Mix may produce yellow, orange, red, pink and white flowers with dark rings, striped petals or contrasting centres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese sun-loving flowers are suitable for pots, pathway edges, rock gardens and the front of sunny garden beds. Established plants tolerate brief dry periods and perform best where the soil drains quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge flowers in mixed colours and patterns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and gently spreading growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for sunny pots and borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTolerates brief dryness once established\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for pathway edges and rock gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms well in bright winter and spring weather\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommendation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest sowing time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to November\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHotter areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOctober to December\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColder areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarch to April after frost risk has passed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermination time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 7–14 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermination temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 20–24°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 0.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 6 hours of direct sunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAn 8–12 inch pot for one plant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 8–10 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMature height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommonly 6–12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlower size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 2–4 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlowering time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 12–16 weeks after sowing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGazania grows best during cool to moderately warm, sunny weather. In most areas of Pakistan, sow from September to November for flowering from late winter into spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore and Faisalabad, sow from September to November or again from late January to February. In Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to October with protection during severe frost, or from late February to March.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December after the strongest summer heat has eased. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the danger of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a seedling tray or small pots with a fine, lightly moist seed-starting mixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace one seed in each cell or spread the seeds thinly over the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover them with approximately 0.3 cm of fine mixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist gently and keep the container warm and lightly moist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant seedlings when they have 2–3 pairs of true leaves, leaving 8–10 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeeds usually germinate within 7–14 days under suitable conditions. Avoid covering them deeply or leaving the mixture constantly soaked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePot and Soil\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow one plant in an 8–12 inch pot. Several plants can be placed in a wider container when each one has enough space for its leaves and roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGazania needs light soil that drains quickly. Combine garden soil with a suitable \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/potting-mediums\"\u003epotting medium\u003c\/a\u003e to improve drainage and airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003evermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e may be added before transplanting. Avoid an excessively rich mixture because heavy feeding can encourage leaves instead of flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide at least 6 hours of direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater regularly while seedlings are becoming established.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the upper soil layer to begin drying between later waterings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply water around the soil instead of soaking the flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep pots raised during rainy weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove faded flowers regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect young seedlings from severe frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid excessive nitrogen fertilizer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck new growth and leaf undersides for pests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf established plants need feeding during budding, mix \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/flowers-fertilizer\"\u003eFlowers Fertilizer\u003c\/a\u003e in 1 litre of water\u003c\/strong\u003e. Apply it around the soil or spray the foliage lightly during the morning or evening. Repeat every 10–15 days if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAphids, mites and mealybugs may occasionally gather around tender growth. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem oil\u003c\/a\u003e can be used according to its directions while avoiding unnecessary spraying over open flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants commonly begin flowering approximately 12–16 weeks after sowing. Autumn-sown plants generally provide their main display from late winter into spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove faded blooms by cutting their stems close to the leafy base. This keeps the plant tidy and encourages later buds while the weather remains suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose the brightest available location for fuller flowering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroduce young seedlings to direct sunlight gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect seed trays from strong watering and prolonged rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse wider containers when growing several colours together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaise outdoor pots slightly so rainwater can leave freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not allow young seedlings to dry completely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide light afternoon protection during periods of extreme heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do Gazania flowers close during cloudy weather?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a natural feature of Gazania. The flowers open fully in bright sunlight and may close at night, in shade or when the weather remains cloudy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill one Gazania plant produce every colour in the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each seed normally develops into one plant with its own flower colour or pattern. Grow several seeds for a wider mixed-colour display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Gazania survive for more than one season?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGazania is a tender perennial and may survive in warm, frost-free areas with excellent drainage. Hard frost and prolonged wet weather can kill it, so it is commonly grown as a seasonal flower in Pakistan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I collect Gazania seeds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Leave selected flower heads until they become completely dry. Collect the seeds before the wind carries them away. Plants grown from saved seeds may produce different colours or patterns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gazania Mix, Gazania, Treasure Flower, Gazania rigens, Gazania splendens\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877860892894,"sku":null,"price":130.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/Gazania-sunshine.jpg?v=1786977231"},{"product_id":"dianthus-chinensis-mix-seeds","title":"Dianthus Mixed – 25+ Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eDianthus Chinensis Mix seeds grow into compact, bushy plants with fringed flowers in pink, red, white, purple and attractive two-colour patterns. The petals may have contrasting edges, rings or dark centres, while some blooms carry a light, sweet fragrance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommonly known as China Pink, this cool-season flower grows well in pots, along pathways and at the front of garden borders. Its narrow grey-green leaves remain compact beneath the flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Grow It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColourful flowers with fringed petals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixture of solid and two-colour patterns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact growth suitable for pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for pathways and front borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome flowers may have a light fragrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlowers over an extended period in mild weather\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommendation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest sowing time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to November\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHotter areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOctober to December\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColder areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarch to April after frost risk has passed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermination time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 7–14 days, sometimes longer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGermination temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 18–22°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCover very lightly, approximately 0.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 6 hours of direct sunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAn 8–10 inch pot for one plant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 8–12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMature height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommonly 10–18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlower size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 1–3 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlowering time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 14–16 weeks after sowing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDianthus Chinensis grows best during cool, sunny weather. In most areas of Pakistan, sow from September to November for flowering during winter and early spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Lahore and Faisalabad, sow from late September to November or again from late January to February. In Islamabad and Rawalpindi, sow from September to October or from late February to March after severe cold has eased.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn hotter areas such as Karachi and southern Punjab, sow from October to December. In colder northern and hilly areas, sow from March to April after the risk of hard frost has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Sow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill a seedling tray or small pots with a fine, lightly moist seed-starting mixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread the seeds thinly over the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover them very lightly with approximately 0.3 cm of fine mixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist gently and keep the container bright at approximately 18–22°C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransplant seedlings after 2–3 pairs of true leaves develop, leaving 8–12 inches between plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeeds usually germinate within 7–14 days. Keep the mixture lightly moist without leaving it soaked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePot and Soil\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow one plant in an 8–10 inch pot. Several plants can be arranged in a wider container when they have enough space for airflow and root growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse light, moderately fertile soil that drains easily. Mix garden soil with a suitable \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/potting-mediums\"\u003epotting medium\u003c\/a\u003e to improve drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/vermicompost-fertilizer\"\u003evermicompost\u003c\/a\u003e can be added before transplanting. Avoid making the mixture excessively rich.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlant Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide at least 6 hours of direct sunlight during winter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive light afternoon shade as spring becomes hotter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater regularly while young plants are becoming established.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater established plants when the upper soil layer begins to dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply water around the soil instead of over the flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the leafy centre above the soil when transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove faded flowers regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear fallen petals during foggy or humid weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep pots where excess water can drain freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen buds begin forming, mix \u003cstrong\u003e1 teaspoon of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/flowers-fertilizer\"\u003eFlowers Fertilizer\u003c\/a\u003e in 1 litre of water\u003c\/strong\u003e. Apply it around the soil or spray the plant lightly during the morning or evening. Repeat every 10–15 days if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAphids may gather around tender shoots and flower buds. Slugs and snails can also damage young plants near ground level. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/products\/neem-oil-for-plants\"\u003eNeem oil\u003c\/a\u003e may be used for suitable pests according to its directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlowering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants commonly begin flowering approximately 14–16 weeks after sowing. Blooming remains strongest during sunny, mild weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove faded blooms by cutting their stems above the leafy growth. After the first heavy display, old flower stems can be trimmed back lightly to encourage another flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocal Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive seedlings gentle morning sunlight before stronger sun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid burying the centre of the plant while transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePinch the growing tip of a healthy young plant once for bushier growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater early in the day during humid weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrow several plants together for more colours from the mixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect young seedlings from forceful rain and severe frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace compacted soil before planting a new seasonal display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Dianthus Chinensis the same as Carnation or Sweet William?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This packet contains \u003cem\u003eDianthus chinensis\u003c\/em\u003e, commonly called China Pink. Carnation is usually \u003cem\u003eDianthus caryophyllus\u003c\/em\u003e. Sweet William is \u003cem\u003eDianthus barbatus\u003c\/em\u003e and normally forms dense clusters of smaller flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill one plant produce every colour shown in the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each seed normally produces one plant with its own flower colour and pattern. Grow several seeds for a wider selection of colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Dianthus Chinensis live for more than one season?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can behave as a short-lived perennial where summers are mild and drainage is good. In much of Pakistan, intense summer heat and humidity weaken the plants, so they are generally grown as seasonal winter flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the flower buds drying before opening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuds may dry because of irregular watering, sudden heat, thrips or fungal damage during humid weather. Inspect the buds, remove badly affected parts and improve airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I collect seeds from the flowers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Leave selected seed capsules until they become dry. Collect the small dark seeds before the capsules open fully. Plants grown from saved seeds may have different colours or patterns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dianthus Mixed, China Pink, Chinese Pink, Rainbow Pink, Dianthus chinensis\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Moji Mall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45877861384414,"sku":null,"price":80.0,"currency_code":"PKR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0711\/8353\/2254\/files\/dianthusflowerscolors.jpg?v=1786977236"}],"url":"https:\/\/mojimall.pk\/collections\/winter-seeds-and-bulbs.oembed?page=7","provider":"Moji Mall","version":"1.0","type":"link"}